comparison lisp/loaddefs-boot.el @ 52505:88edef684d4c

Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2003/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-44 Add bootstrap mechanism for loaddefs.el
author Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
date Mon, 15 Sep 2003 05:36:56 +0000
parents
children 6c3511b37a9c
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
52504:cd1293e6665e 52505:88edef684d4c
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
82
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
85
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123
124 \(fn)" t nil)
125
126 ;;;***
127
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16055 8591))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
146
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148
149 ;;;***
150
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
182
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
184
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
207
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
220
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
224
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
234
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245
246 \(fn)" t nil)
247
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
272
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
278
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286
287 \(fn)" t nil)
288
289 ;;;***
290
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16066
293 ;;;;;; 53440))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
306
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387
388 ;;;***
389
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
402
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
406
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
411
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
425
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
433
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
446
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
456
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
466
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471
472 \(fn)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16066 53439))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
496
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
508
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
511
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513
514 ;;;***
515
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
533
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
537
538 ;;;***
539
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
543
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
551
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
553
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
557
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
559
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
562
563 \(fn)" t nil)
564
565 ;;;***
566
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573
574 \(fn)" t nil)
575
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590
591 ;;;***
592
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
603
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
608
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613
614 \(fn)" t nil)
615
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
619
620 \(fn)" t nil)
621
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
627
628 ;;;***
629
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
640
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
655
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
665
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
667
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
670
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
672
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
676
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
678
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
682
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
684
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687
688 \(fn)" t nil)
689
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
703
704 ;;;***
705
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16174 61084))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
710
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
713
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
715
716 \(fn)" t nil)
717
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
722
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
731
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
755
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16111
770 ;;;;;; 41824))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
783
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
785
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787
788 ;;;***
789
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
795
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
811
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
819
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
826
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
844
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
852
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856
857 \(fn)" t nil)
858
859 ;;;***
860
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16162
862 ;;;;;; 11943))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869
870 How to quit artist mode
871
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873
874
875 How to submit a bug report
876
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878
879
880 Drawing with the mouse:
881
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
886
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
890
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
924
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
930
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
934
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
947
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
950
951
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954
955
956 Settings
957
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970
971
972 Drawing with keys
973
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
980
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991
992
993 Arrows
994
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
997
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1000
1001
1002 Selecting operation
1003
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026
1027
1028 Variables
1029
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052
1053 Hooks
1054
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057
1058
1059 Keymap summary
1060
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131
1068 ;;;;;; 19792))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1090
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1092
1093 ;;;***
1094
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1101
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1106
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108
1109 ;;;***
1110
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1159
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163
1164 ;;;***
1165
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1186
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211
1212 ;;;***
1213
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1235
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1243
1244 ;;;***
1245
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 43199))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1281
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 32214))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1326
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328
1329 ;;;***
1330
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340
1341 For example:
1342
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353
1354 ;;;***
1355
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36786))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1373
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408
1409 ;;;***
1410
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16136
1412 ;;;;;; 53059))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1435
1436
1437 Special information:
1438
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1462
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1497
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1501
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1505
1506 ;;;***
1507
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941
1516 ;;;;;; 42963))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522
1523 What is blackbox?
1524
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1531
1532 Overview of play:
1533
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1537
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1540
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553
1554 Details:
1555
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1573
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1581
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1584
1585 1
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1594 2 3
1595
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1598
1599
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1616
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1630
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (16174 61084))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1645
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1652 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1665
1666 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1667 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1668 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1669 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1670 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1671 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1672 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1673 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1674 recent one.
1675
1676 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1677 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1678 yank successive words.
1679
1680 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1681 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1682 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1683 name of the file being visited.
1684
1685 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1686 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1687 the list of bookmarks.)
1688
1689 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1690
1691 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1692 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1693 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1694 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1695 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1696 this.
1697
1698 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1699 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1700 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1701 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1702
1703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1706 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1707 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1708 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1709 after a bookmark was set in it.
1710
1711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1712
1713 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1714 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1715 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1716 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1717
1718 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1719
1720 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1721
1722 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1723 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1724 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1725 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1726
1727 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1728 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1729 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1730
1731 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1732 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1733 name.
1734
1735 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1738 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1739 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1740 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1741 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1742 this.
1743
1744 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1745
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1747 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1748 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1749 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1750 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1751 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1752 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1753 probably because we were called from there.
1754
1755 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1758 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1759 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1760
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1764 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1765 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1766 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1767 \(second argument).
1768
1769 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1770 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1771 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1772 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1773 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1774
1775 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1776 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1777 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1778 `bookmark-default-file'.
1779
1780 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1781
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1783 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1784 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1785 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1786 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1787 while loading.
1788
1789 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1790 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1791 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1792 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1793 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1794 explicitly.
1795
1796 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1797 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1798 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1799 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1800
1801 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1802
1803 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1804 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1808
1809 \(fn)" t nil)
1810
1811 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812
1813 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1814
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1816 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1817 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1818 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1819 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1820 this.
1821
1822 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1823 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1824 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1825
1826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1827
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1829 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1833 this.
1834
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1838
1839 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1840
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1842 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1843 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1844
1845 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1846 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1847 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1848
1849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1852 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1853 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1854 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1855 prompts for NEWNAME.
1856 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1857 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1858 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1859
1860 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1861 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1862 name.
1863
1864 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1865 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1866 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1867
1868 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1869
1870 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1871 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1872 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1873 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1874 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1875 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1876
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1880
1881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1882
1883 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1884
1885 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1886 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load]
1887 '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
1888 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write]
1889 '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
1890 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save]
1891 '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
1892 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit]
1893 '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
1894 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete]
1895 '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
1896 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename]
1897 '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
1898 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate]
1899 '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert]
1901 '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set]
1903 '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump]
1905 '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
1906
1907 ;;;***
1908
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1910 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1911 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1912 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1913 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1914 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1915 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1916 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1917 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16174 61085))
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1919
1920 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1921 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1922 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1923 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1924
1925 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1926 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1927 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1928 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1929 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1930
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1932
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1935 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1936 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1937 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1938 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1939
1940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1943 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1944 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1945 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1946 narrowed.
1947
1948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1949
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1951 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1952
1953 \(fn)" t nil)
1954
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1957
1958 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1959
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1961 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1962 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1963 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1964
1965 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1966
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1968 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1969 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1970 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1971
1972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1975 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1976 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1977 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1978 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1979 to use.
1980
1981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1982
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1984 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1985 Default to the URL around or before point.
1986
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1989 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991
1992 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1993 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994
1995 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1996 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1997
1998 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1999
2000 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2001 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2002 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2003 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2004
2005 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2006 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2007 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2008 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2009
2010 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2011 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2012
2013 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2016 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2017 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2018 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2019
2020 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2021 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2022 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2023 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024
2025 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2026 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2027 new tab in an existing window instead.
2028
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2031
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2035 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2036 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2037 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2038
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2041 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2042 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2043
2044 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2045 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2046 new tab in an existing window instead.
2047
2048 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2049 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2050
2051 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2052
2053 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2054 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2055 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2056 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2057
2058 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2059 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2060 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2061 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2062
2063 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2064 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065
2066 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2067
2068 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2069 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2070
2071 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2072 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2073 program is invoked according to the variable
2074 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2075
2076 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2077 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2078 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2079 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2080
2081 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2082 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2083
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2085
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2087 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2089 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2090
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point.
2096
2097 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2098 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2099 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2100
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2103 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2104 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2105
2106 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2107 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2108
2109 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2110
2111 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2112 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2113 Default to the URL around or before point.
2114
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2116
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2119 Default to the URL around or before point.
2120
2121 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2122 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2123 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2124
2125 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2126 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2127
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2132 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2133 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2134
2135 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2138 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2139 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2140 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2141 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2142
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2146 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2147 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2148 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2149
2150 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2151 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2152 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2153 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2154
2155 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2156 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2157
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2161 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2162 Default to the URL around or before point.
2163
2164 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2167 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2168 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2169 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2170 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2171 current one.
2172
2173 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2174 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2175 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2176 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2177
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2180
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2184 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2185 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2186 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2187 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2188 don't offer a form of remote control.
2189
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Default to the URL around or before point.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2197
2198 ;;;***
2199
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830
2201 ;;;;;; 37093))
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2203
2204 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2205 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2206
2207 \(fn)" t nil)
2208
2209 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2210 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2211
2212 \(fn)" nil nil)
2213
2214 ;;;***
2215
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2217 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15731 5408))
2218 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2219
2220 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2221 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2222 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2223 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2224
2225 \(fn)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2228 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2229 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2230 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2231
2232 \(fn)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2235 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2236
2237 \(fn)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2240 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2241 \\<bs-mode-map>
2242 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2243 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2244 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2245 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2246
2247 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2248 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2249 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2250 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2251 name of buffer configuration.
2252
2253 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2254
2255 ;;;***
2256
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2258 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924
2259 ;;;;;; 18767))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2261
2262 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
2263 " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2264 Keymap used by buttons.")
2265
2266 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2267 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2268 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2269
2270 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2271 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2272 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2273 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2274 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2275 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2276
2277 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2278 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2279 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2280 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2281
2282 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2283
2284 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2285 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2286 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2287 specifying properties to add to the button.
2288 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2289 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2290 `define-button-type'.
2291
2292 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2293
2294 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2295
2296 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2297 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2298 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2299 specifying properties to add to the button.
2300 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2301 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2302 `define-button-type'.
2303
2304 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2305
2306 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2307
2308 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2309 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2310 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2311 specifying properties to add to the button.
2312 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2313 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2314 `define-button-type'.
2315
2316 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2317 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2318 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2319 `make-text-button'.
2320
2321 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2322
2323 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2324
2325 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2326 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2327 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2328 specifying properties to add to the button.
2329 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2330 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2331 `define-button-type'.
2332
2333 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2334 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2335 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2336 `insert-text-button'.
2337
2338 Also see `make-text-button'.
2339
2340 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2341
2342 ;;;***
2343
2344 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2345 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2346 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2347 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2348 ;;;;;; (16136 53055))
2349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2350
2351 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2352 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2353 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2354
2355 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2358 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2359 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2360 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2361
2362 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2363 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2364 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2365 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2366 whether to compile it.
2367
2368 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2369
2370 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2371 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2372
2373 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2376 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2377 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2378 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2379 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2380
2381 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2384 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2385 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2386 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2387
2388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2391 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2392 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2393
2394 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2397 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2398 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2399 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2400 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2401 all functions called by those functions.
2402
2403 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2404 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2405 cons, etc.).
2406
2407 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2408 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2409 invoked interactively.
2410
2411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2414 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2415 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2416 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2417
2418 \(fn)" nil nil)
2419
2420 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2421 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2422 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2423 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2424 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2425 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2426 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2427 already up-to-date.
2428
2429 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2430
2431 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2432 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2433 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2434 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2435
2436 \(fn)" nil nil)
2437
2438 ;;;***
2439
2440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957))
2441 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2442
2443 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2444
2445 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2446
2447 ;;;***
2448
2449 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2450 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2452
2453 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2454 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2455 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2456 from the cursor position.
2457
2458 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2459
2460 ;;;***
2461
2462 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2463 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2464 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941
2465 ;;;;;; 42957))
2466 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2467
2468 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2469 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2470
2471 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2472 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2473
2474 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2475 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2476 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2477 If nil, use original installation directory.
2478 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2479
2480 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2481 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2482
2483 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2484 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2485
2486 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2487 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2488 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2489
2490 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2491 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2492
2493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2494
2495 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2496 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2497
2498 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2499
2500 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2501 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2502
2503 \(fn)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2506 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2507
2508 \(fn)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2511 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2512 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2513 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2514
2515 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2516
2517 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2518 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2519 This is most useful in the X window system.
2520 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2521 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2522
2523 \(fn)" t nil)
2524
2525 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2526 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2527 See calc-keypad for details.
2528
2529 \(fn)" t nil)
2530
2531 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2532 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2533
2534 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2537 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2538
2539 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2542 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2543
2544 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2545
2546 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2547 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2548 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2549
2550 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2551
2552 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2553 Not documented
2554
2555 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2560 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2562
2563 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2564 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2565
2566 \(fn)" nil nil)
2567
2568 ;;;***
2569
2570 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941
2571 ;;;;;; 42951))
2572 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2573
2574 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2575 Run the Emacs calculator.
2576 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2577
2578 \(fn)" t nil)
2579
2580 ;;;***
2581
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2583 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2584 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2585 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2586 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2587 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2588 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2589 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2590 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2591 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2592 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2593 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2594 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2595 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2596 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2597 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2598 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2600
2601 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2602 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2603 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2604
2605 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2606
2607 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2608 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2609 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2610 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2611 the screen.")
2612
2613 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2614
2615 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2616 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2617 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2618 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2619 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2620
2621 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2622
2623 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2624 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2625 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2626 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2627 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2628 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2629 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2630
2631 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2632 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2633 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2634 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2635 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2636
2637 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2638 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2639 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2640
2641 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2642
2643 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2644 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2645 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2646
2647 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2648
2649 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2650 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2651 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2652
2653 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2654
2655 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2656 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2657 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2658 displayed.")
2659
2660 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2661
2662 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2663 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2664 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2665
2666 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2667
2668 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2669 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2670 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2671
2672 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2673
2674 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2675
2676 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2677 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2678 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2679
2680 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2681 calendar.")
2682
2683 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2684
2685 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2686 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2687 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2688
2689 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2690 calendar.")
2691
2692 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2693
2694 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2695 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2696 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2697
2698 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2699
2700 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2701 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2702 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2703 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2704 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2705
2706 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2707
2708 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2709 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2710 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2711 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2712 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2713 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2714 a function is also provided for this:
2715 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2716
2717 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2718 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2719 date is not visible in the window.
2720
2721 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2722 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2723 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2724
2725 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2726
2727 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2728 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2729
2730 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2731 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2732 date is visible in the window.
2733
2734 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2735 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2736 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2737
2738 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2739
2740 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2741 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2742
2743 For example,
2744
2745 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2746
2747 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2748
2749 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2750
2751 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2752 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2753
2754 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2755 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2756
2757 MONTH/DAY
2758 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2759 MONTHNAME DAY
2760 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2761 DAYNAME
2762
2763 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2764 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2765 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2766 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2767 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2768 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2769 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2770 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2771 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2772 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2773 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2774 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2775 in every week.
2776
2777 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2778 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2779 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2780 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2781
2782 DAY/MONTH
2783 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2784 DAY MONTHNAME
2785 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2786 DAYNAME
2787
2788 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2789 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2790
2791 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2792 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2793 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2794 window but will appear in a diary window.
2795
2796 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2797 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2798
2799 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2800 entries (in the default American style):
2801
2802 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2803 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2804 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2805 21: Payday
2806 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2807 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2808 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2809 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2810 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2811 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2812 &* 15 time cards due.
2813
2814 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2815 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2816 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2817 single diary entry
2818
2819 02/11/1989
2820 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2821 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2822 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2823 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2824 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2825 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2826
2827 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2828 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2829 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2830
2831 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2832
2833 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2834
2835 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2836 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2837 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2838 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2839 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2840 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2841 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2842 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2843 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2844
2845 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2846 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2847 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2848 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2849 for these functions for details.
2850
2851 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2852 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2853
2854 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2855
2856 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2857 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2858
2859 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2860
2861 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2862 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2863
2864 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2865
2866 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2867 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2868
2869 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2870
2871 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2872 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2873 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2874
2875 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2876
2877 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2878 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2879 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2880
2881 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2882
2883 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2884 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2885 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2886 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2887
2888 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2889
2890 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2891 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2892 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2893 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2894 are
2895
2896 DAY/MONTH
2897 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2898 DAY MONTHNAME
2899 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2900 DAYNAME
2901
2902 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2903 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2904 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2905
2906 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2907
2908 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2909 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2910 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2911
2912 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2913
2914 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2915 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2916 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2917
2918 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2919
2920 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2921 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2922 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2923
2924 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2925
2926 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2927 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2928 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2929
2930 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2931
2932 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2933 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2934 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2935 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2936 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2937 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2938
2939 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2940
2941 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2942 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2943 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2944
2945 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2946 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2947 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2948 of the form
2949
2950 #include \"filename\"
2951
2952 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2953 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2954 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2955 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2956 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2957
2958 For example, you could use
2959
2960 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2961 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2962 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2963
2964 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2965 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2966 lexicographic order.")
2967
2968 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2969
2970 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2971 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2972 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2973
2974 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2975
2976 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2977 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2978 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2979 diary display.
2980
2981 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2982 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2983 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2984 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2985 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2986 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2987 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2988
2989 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2990 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2991 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2992 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2993 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2994 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2995 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2996 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2997
2998 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2999
3000 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3001 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3002 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3003 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3004 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3005 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3006
3007 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3008
3009 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3010 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3011
3012 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3013 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3014 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3015 of the form
3016 #include \"filename\"
3017 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3018 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3019 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3020 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3021 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3022
3023 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3024
3025 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3026 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3027 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3028 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3029 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3030 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3031
3032 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3033
3034 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3035 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3036 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3037 are holidays.")
3038
3039 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3040
3041 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3042 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3043 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3044 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3045 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3048
3049 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3050
3051 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3052 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3054
3055 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3056
3057 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3058
3059 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3060 *Oriental holidays.
3061 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3062
3063 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3064
3065 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3066
3067 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3068 *Local holidays.
3069 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3070
3071 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3072
3073 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3074
3075 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3076 *User defined holidays.
3077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3078
3079 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3080
3081 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3082
3083 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3084
3085 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3086
3087 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3088
3089 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3090
3091 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3092
3093 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3094
3095 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3096
3097 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3098
3099 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3100 *Jewish holidays.
3101 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3102
3103 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3104
3105 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3106
3107 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3108 *Christian holidays.
3109 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3110
3111 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3112
3113 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3114
3115 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3116 *Islamic holidays.
3117 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3118
3119 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3120
3121 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3122
3123 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3124 *Sun-related holidays.
3125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3126
3127 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3128
3129 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3130
3131 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3132 The frame set up of the calendar.
3133 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3134 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3135 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3136 any other value the current frame is used.")
3137
3138 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3139 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3140 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3141
3142 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3143 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3144
3145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3146
3147 ;;;***
3148
3149 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3150 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3151 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3153
3154 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3155 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3156 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3157 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3158 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3159 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3160 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3161
3162 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3163
3164 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3172
3173 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3174 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3175 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3176 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3177 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3178 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3179
3180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3181
3182 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3183 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3184
3185 Key bindings:
3186 \\{c-mode-map}
3187
3188 \(fn)" t nil)
3189
3190 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3191 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3192
3193 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3194 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3195 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3196 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3197 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3198 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3199 message.
3200
3201 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3202
3203 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3204 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3205
3206 Key bindings:
3207 \\{c++-mode-map}
3208
3209 \(fn)" t nil)
3210
3211 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3212 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232
3233 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3234 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3236
3237 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3238 Major mode for editing Java code.
3239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3240 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3241 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3243 message.
3244
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3249
3250 Key bindings:
3251 \\{java-mode-map}
3252
3253 \(fn)" t nil)
3254
3255 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276
3277 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3278 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3280 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3281
3282 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3285 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 message.
3289
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3291
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3293 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3294
3295 Key bindings:
3296 \\{pike-mode-map}
3297
3298 \(fn)" t nil)
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3303 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3304 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3305
3306 ;;;***
3307
3308 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3309 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3311
3312 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3313 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3314 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3315 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3316 for details of setting up styles.
3317
3318 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3319 style name.
3320
3321 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3322 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3323 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3324 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3325 will be reassigned.
3326
3327 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3328 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3329 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3330 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3331 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3332 default).
3333
3334 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3335 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3336 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3337 when used elsewhere.
3338
3339 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3340
3341 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3342 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3343 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3344 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3345
3346 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3347
3348 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3349 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3350 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3351
3352 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3353
3354 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3355 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3356 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3357 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3358 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3359
3360 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3361
3362 ;;;***
3363
3364 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3365 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3366 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3368
3369 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3370 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3371
3372 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3373
3374 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3375 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3376
3377 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3378
3379 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3380 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3381
3382 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3383 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3384 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3385 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3386 execution.
3387
3388 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3389
3390 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3391
3392 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3393 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3394
3395 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3396 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3397 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3398 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3399
3400 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3401 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3402 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3403 `write' commands.
3404
3405 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3406 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3407 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3409
3410 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3411 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3412 semantics.
3413
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3415
3416 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3417
3418 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3419
3420 STATEMENT :=
3421 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3422 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3423
3424 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3425 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3426 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3427 | integer
3428
3429 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3430
3431 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3432 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3433 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3434
3435 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3436 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3437 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3438
3439 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3440 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3441
3442 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3443 BREAK := (break)
3444
3445 REPEAT :=
3446 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3447 (repeat)
3448 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3449 ;; (repeat))
3450 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3451 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3452 ;; (read REG)
3453 ;; (repeat))
3454 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3455 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3456 ;; (read REG)
3457 ;; (repeat))
3458 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3459
3460 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3461 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3462 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3463 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3464 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3465 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3466 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3467 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3468 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3469 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3470 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3471 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3472 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3473 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3474 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3475 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3476
3477 WRITE :=
3478 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3479 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3480 ;; representation.
3481 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3482 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3483 ;; (write r7))
3484 | (write EXPRESSION)
3485 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3486 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3487 ;; representation.
3488 | (write integer)
3489 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3490 ;; buffer.
3491 | (write string)
3492 ;; Same as: (write string)
3493 | string
3494 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3495 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3496 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3497 ;; representation.
3498 | (write REG ARRAY)
3499 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3500 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3501 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3502 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3503 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3504 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3505
3506 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3507 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3508
3509 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3510 END := (end)
3511
3512 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3513 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3514 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3515
3516 ARG := REG | integer
3517
3518 OPERATOR :=
3519 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3520 + | - | * | / | %
3521
3522 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3523 | & | `|' | ^
3524
3525 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3526 | << | >>
3527
3528 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3529 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3530 | <8
3531
3532 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3533 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3534 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3535 | >8
3536
3537 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3538 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3539 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3540 | //
3541
3542 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3543 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3544
3545 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3546 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3548 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3549 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3550 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3551 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3552 | de-sjis
3553
3554 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3555 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3556 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3557 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3558 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3559 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3560 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3561 ;; byte of SJIS.
3562 | en-sjis
3563
3564 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3565 ;; Same meaning as C code
3566 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3567
3568 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3569 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3570 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3571 | <8=
3572
3573 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3574 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3575 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3576
3577 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3578 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3579 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3580 | //=
3581
3582 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3583
3584
3585 TRANSLATE :=
3586 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3587 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3588 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3589 LOOKUP :=
3590 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3591 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3592 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3593 MAP :=
3594 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3595 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3596 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3597 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3598 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3599 MAP-ID := integer
3600
3601 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3602
3603 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3604 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3605 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3606 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3607 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3608 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3609
3610 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3611
3612 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3613 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3614 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3615
3616 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3617
3618 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3619
3620 ;;;***
3621
3622 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3629 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3630 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3632
3633 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3634 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3635 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3636 the users will view as each check is completed.
3637
3638 \(fn)" t nil)
3639
3640 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3641 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3642 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3643 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3644 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3645 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3646 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3647 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3648
3649 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3650
3651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3652 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3653 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3654 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3655 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3656 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3657 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3658 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3659
3660 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3661
3662 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3663 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3664 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3665 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3666 spacing are all verified.
3667
3668 \(fn)" t nil)
3669
3670 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3671 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3672 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3673 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3674 otherwise stop after the first error.
3675
3676 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3677
3678 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3679 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3680 Only documentation strings are checked.
3681 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3683 a separate buffer.
3684
3685 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686
3687 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3688 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3690 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3691 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3692
3693 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3694
3695 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3696 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3697 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3698 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3699 if there is one.
3700
3701 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3702
3703 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3704 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3705 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3706 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3707 if there is one.
3708 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3709
3710 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3711
3712 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3713 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3714 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3715
3716 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3719 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3720 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3721 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3722 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3723
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3727 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3728 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3729 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3730 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3731 space at the end of each line.
3732
3733 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3734
3735 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3736 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3737 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3739
3740 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3741
3742 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3743 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3744 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3745 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3746
3747 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3750 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3751 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3752 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3753
3754 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3757 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3758 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3759 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3760
3761 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3764 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3765 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3767
3768 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769
3770 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3771 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3772 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3773 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3774
3775 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3778 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3779 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3780 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3786 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3788
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3793 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3795
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3799 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3800 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3801
3802 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3803 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3804 checking of documentation strings.
3805
3806 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3807
3808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3809
3810 ;;;***
3811
3812 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3813 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16118
3814 ;;;;;; 44435))
3815 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3816
3817 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3818 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3819 Return the length of resulting text.
3820
3821 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3822
3823 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3824 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3825
3826 \(fn)" t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3829 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3830 Return the length of resulting text.
3831
3832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3835 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3836
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3838
3839 ;;;***
3840
3841 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3842 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15878 5274))
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3844
3845 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3846 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3847 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3848 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3849 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3850 editing and the result is evaluated.
3851
3852 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3855 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3856 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3857 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3858 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3859
3860 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3861
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3865 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3866 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3867 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3868 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3869
3870 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3871 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3872 \\{command-history-map}
3873
3874 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3875 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3876
3877 \(fn)" t nil)
3878
3879 ;;;***
3880
3881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273))
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3883
3884 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3885 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3886 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3887 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3888 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3889 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3890
3891 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3892 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3893
3894 ;;;***
3895
3896 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3897 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3899
3900 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3901 Not documented
3902
3903 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3904
3905 ;;;***
3906
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3908 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
3909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3910
3911 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3912 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3913 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3914 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3915
3916 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3917 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3918 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3919
3920 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3921 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3922
3923 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3924
3925 ;;;***
3926
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941
3928 ;;;;;; 42951))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3930
3931 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3932 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3933 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3934 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3935 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3936 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3937 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3938
3939 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3940 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3941
3942 ;;;***
3943
3944 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3945 ;;;;;; (16121 18697))
3946 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3947
3948 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3949 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3950 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3951 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3952 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3953 ?* is used.
3954
3955 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3956
3957 ;;;***
3958
3959 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3960 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3961 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15941 42961))
3962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3963
3964 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3965 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3966 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3967 ASCII table.
3968
3969 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3970 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3971 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3972 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3973
3974 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3977 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3978 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3979
3980 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3981
3982 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3983 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3984 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3985
3986 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3987
3988 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3989 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3990 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3991
3992 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3993
3994 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3995 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3996
3997 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3998 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3999 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4000
4001 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4002 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4003
4004 \(fn)" nil nil)
4005
4006 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4007 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4008
4009 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4010 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4011 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4012
4013 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4018 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4019 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4020 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4022
4023 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4024 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4025 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4026 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4027 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4028 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4029 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4030 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4031
4032 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4033
4034 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4035
4036 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4037 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4038 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4039 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4040 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4041 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4042 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4043 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4044
4045 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4046
4047 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4050 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4051 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4052 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4053 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4054 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4055
4056 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4059 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4060 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4061
4062 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4063
4064 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4067 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4068 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4069
4070 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4071
4072 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4073
4074 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4075 Send COMMAND to current process.
4076 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4077 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4078
4079 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4082 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4083 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4084 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4085
4086 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4087
4088 ;;;***
4089
4090 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678
4091 ;;;;;; 51462))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4093
4094 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4095 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4096 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4097 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4098
4099 This command pushes the mark in each window
4100 at the prior location of point in that window.
4101 If both windows display the same buffer,
4102 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4103 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4104
4105 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4106 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4107 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4108
4109 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4114 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4115 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4116 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16167 21090))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4118
4119 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4120 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4121
4122 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4123
4124 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4125 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4126
4127 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4128
4129 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4130 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4131 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4132 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4133 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4134
4135 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4136 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4137 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4138 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4139 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4140
4141 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4142 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4143 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4144 describing how the process finished.")
4145
4146 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4147 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4148 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4149 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4150
4151 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4152 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4153 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4154
4155 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4156
4157 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4158 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4159 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4160 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4161
4162 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4163
4164 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4165 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4166 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4167 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4168
4169 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4170 and move to the source code that caused it.
4171
4172 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4173 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4174
4175 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4176 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4177 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4178 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4179 subprocesses.
4180
4181 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4182 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4183 to a function that generates a unique name.
4184
4185 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4186
4187 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4188 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4189 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4190 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4191 where grep found matches.
4192
4193 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4194 easily repeat a grep command.
4195
4196 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4197 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4198 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4199 if that history list is empty).
4200
4201 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4202
4203 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4204 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4205 Collect output in a buffer.
4206 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4207 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4208
4209 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4210 easily repeat a find command.
4211
4212 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4213
4214 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4215 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4216 Collect output in a buffer.
4217 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4218 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4219 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4220 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4221 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4222
4223 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4224 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4225
4226 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4227 easily repeat a find command.
4228
4229 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4230 those sub directories of DIR.
4231
4232 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4233
4234 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4235 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4236 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4237 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4238 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4239
4240 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4241
4242 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4243
4244 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4245 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4246 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4247 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4248 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4249 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4250 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4251
4252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4253
4254 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4255 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4256 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4257 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4258 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4259 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4260
4261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4264 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4265
4266 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4267 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4268
4269 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4270 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4271 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4272 and start at the first error.
4273
4274 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4275 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4276 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4277 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4278 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4279 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4280
4281 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4282 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4283 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4284
4285 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4286 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4287
4288 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4289 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4290
4291 ;;;***
4292
4293 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4294 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
4295 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4296
4297 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4298 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4299 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4301 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4302
4303 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4304
4305 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4306 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4307 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4308
4309 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4310 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4311 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4312 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4313
4314 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4315 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4316 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4317 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4318
4319 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4320 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4321 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4322 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4323
4324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4325
4326 ;;;***
4327
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4331
4332 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4333 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4334
4335 \(fn)" t nil)
4336
4337 ;;;***
4338
4339 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4340 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4341 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4342 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4344
4345 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4346 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4347 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4348 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4349 `make-composition'.
4350
4351 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4352
4353 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4354 | | 1:tc or top-center
4355 | | 2:tr or top-right
4356 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4357 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4358 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4359 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4360 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4361 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4362
4363 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4364 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4365 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4366 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4367 be added.
4368
4369 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4370 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4371 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4372
4373 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4374 | | |
4375 | global| |
4376 | glyph | |
4377 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4378 +----+--*--+
4379 | | new |
4380 | |glyph|
4381 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4382 ")
4383
4384 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4385 Compose characters in the current region.
4386
4387 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4388 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4389
4390 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4391
4392 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4393 specifying the region.
4394
4395 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4396 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4397 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4398
4399 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4400 of the text in the region.
4401
4402 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4403
4404 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4405 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4406 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4407 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4408
4409 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4410 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4411 detail.
4412
4413 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4414 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4415 text in the composition.
4416
4417 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4418
4419 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4420 Decompose text in the current region.
4421
4422 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4423 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4424
4425 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4426
4427 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4428 Compose characters in string STRING.
4429
4430 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4431 the characters in it.
4432
4433 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4434 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4435 STRING respectively.
4436
4437 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4438 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4439 `compose-region' for more detail.
4440
4441 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4442 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4443 text in the composition.
4444
4445 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4446
4447 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4448 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4449
4450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4453 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4454 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4455 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4456 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4457 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4458 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4459 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4460
4461 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4462
4463 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4464 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4465
4466 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4467 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4468
4469 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4470 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4471
4472 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4473 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4474
4475 If no composition is found, return nil.
4476
4477 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4478 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4479
4480 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4481 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4482 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4483
4484 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4485
4486 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4487
4488 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4489 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4490 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4491
4492 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4493
4494 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4495
4496 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4497
4498 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4499 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4500
4501 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4502 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4503 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4504 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4505 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4506 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4507 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4508 nil.
4509
4510 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4511 is:
4512 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4513 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4514
4515 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4516
4517 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4518 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4519
4520 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4521
4522 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4523
4524 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4525 Compose last characters.
4526 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4527 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4528 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4529 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4530 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4531 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4532 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4533 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4534 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4535 after a sequence character events.
4536
4537 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4538 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4539
4540 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4541 Convert CHAR to string.
4542
4543 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4544 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4545 vector of CHAR respectively.
4546 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4547
4548 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4549
4550 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4551
4552 ;;;***
4553
4554 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4555 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15366 772))
4556 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4557
4558 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4559 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4560 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4561 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4562
4563 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4564
4565 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4566 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4567 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4568 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4569
4570 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4571
4572 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4573 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4574 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4575 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4576
4577 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4578
4579 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4580 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4581
4582 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4583
4584 ;;;***
4585
4586 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4587 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
4588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4589
4590 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4591 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4592 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4593 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4594 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4595 following the copyright are updated as well.
4596 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4597 interactively.
4598
4599 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4600
4601 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4602 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4603
4604 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4605
4606 ;;;***
4607
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4609 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4611
4612 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4613 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4614 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4615 Tab indents for Perl code.
4616 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4617 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4618
4619 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4620 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4621 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4622 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4623 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4624 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4625 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4626 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4627 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4628 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4629 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4630 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4631
4632 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4633
4634 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4635 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4636
4637 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4638
4639 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4640 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4641 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4642 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4643 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4644 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4645 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4646 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4647 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4648
4649 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4650
4651 bite if angry;
4652
4653 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4654 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4655 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4656 to nil.)
4657
4658 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4659 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4660 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4661
4662 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4663
4664 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4665 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4666 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4667 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4668 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4669
4670 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4671
4672 if (A) { B }
4673
4674 into
4675
4676 B if A;
4677
4678 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4679
4680 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4681 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4682 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4683 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4684 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4685 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4686 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4687 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4688 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4689 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4690 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4691 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4692 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4693
4694 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4695 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4696 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4697 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4698 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4699 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4700
4701 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4702 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4703 man via menu.
4704
4705 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4706 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4707 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4708 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4709 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4710
4711 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4712 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4713 span the needed amount of lines.
4714
4715 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4716 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4717 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4718 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4719
4720 Variables controlling indentation style:
4721 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4722 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4723 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4724 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4725 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4726 `cperl-auto-newline'
4727 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4728 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4729 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4730 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4731 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4732 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4733 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4734 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4735 `cperl-indent-level'
4736 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4737 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4738 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4739 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4740 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4741 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4742 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4743 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4744 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4745 `cperl-brace-offset'
4746 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4747 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4748 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4749 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4750 `cperl-label-offset'
4751 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4752 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4753 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4754
4755 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4756 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4757 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4758 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4759 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4760
4761 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4762 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4763 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4764 \(both available from menu).
4765
4766 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4767 column 0 is indented on
4768 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4769
4770 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4771 with no args.
4772
4773 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4774 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4775 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4776
4777 \(fn)" t nil)
4778
4779 ;;;***
4780
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4782 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4784
4785 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4786 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4787 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4788 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4789 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4790
4791 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4792
4793 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4794 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4795
4796 \(fn)" t nil)
4797
4798 ;;;***
4799
4800 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4801 ;;;;;; (16012 41367))
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4803
4804 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4805 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4806 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4807 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4808
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4810 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4811
4812 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4813
4814 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4815 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4816 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4817
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4819
4820 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4821
4822 ;;;***
4823
4824 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4825 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4827
4828 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4829 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4830 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4831 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4832
4833 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4834 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4835 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4836 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4837
4838 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4839 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4840 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4841
4842 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4843 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4844 'bob', and 'eve'.
4845
4846 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4847 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4848 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4849
4850 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4851
4852 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4853 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4854 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4855
4856 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4857
4858 ;;;***
4859
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4861 ;;;;;; 41830))
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4863
4864 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4865 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4866 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4868 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4869
4870 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4871
4872 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4873 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4874 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4875 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4876 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4877 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4878
4879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4880 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4881 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4882 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4883 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4884 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4885 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4886 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4887 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4888
4889 ;;;***
4890
4891 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4892 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4893 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4894 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4895 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4896 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4897 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4898 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4899 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824))
4900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4901 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4902
4903 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4905
4906 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4907 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4908
4909 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4910 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4911
4912 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4913
4914 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4917 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4918 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4919
4920 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4921 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4922
4923 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4924 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4925
4926 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4927 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4928
4929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4930 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4931
4932 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4933
4934 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4935
4936 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4937 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4938 Return VALUE.
4939
4940 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4941 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4942
4943 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4944 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4945
4946 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4947 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4948
4949 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4950 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4951
4952 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4953
4954 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4957 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4958 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4959 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4960 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4961
4962 \(fn)" t nil)
4963
4964 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4965 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4966 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4967 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4968
4969 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4972 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4973
4974 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4978
4979 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4980
4981 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4982
4983 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4984 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4985
4986 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4987
4988 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4989
4990 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4991 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4992 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4993
4994 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4995
4996 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4997 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4998 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4999 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5000 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5001
5002 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5003 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5004 version.
5005
5006 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5009 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5010 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5011
5012 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5013 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5014
5015 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5016
5017 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5018 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5019
5020 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5021 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5022
5023 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5024
5025 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5026 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5027
5028 \(fn)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5032
5033 \(fn)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all already saved user options.
5037
5038 \(fn)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5042 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5043 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5044 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5045 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5046 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5047
5048 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5049
5050 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5051 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5052 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5053
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5058
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5071 that option.
5072
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5077 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5078 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5079 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5080 that option.
5081
5082 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5085 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5086
5087 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5088
5089 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5090 File used for storing customization information.
5091 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5092 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5093 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5094
5095 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5096 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5097 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5098 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5099
5100 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5101
5102 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5103 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5104
5105 \(fn)" t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5108 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5109
5110 \(fn)" nil nil)
5111
5112 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5113 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5114 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5115
5116 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5119 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5120 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5121 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5122 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5123
5124 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5129 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5130 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5131 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5132
5133 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5134 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5135
5136 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5137
5138 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5139 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5140 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5141 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5142
5143 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5144
5145 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5146 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5147 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5148 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5149 between themes and faces.
5150 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5151
5152 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5153 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5154
5155 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5156
5157 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5158 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5159 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5160 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5161 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5162
5163 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5166 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5167 Associate this setting with THEME.
5168
5169 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5170
5171 (FACE TO-THEME)
5172
5173 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5174
5175 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5176
5177 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5178 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5179 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5180
5181 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5182
5183 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (16136 53053))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5190
5191 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5192 Create a custom theme.
5193
5194 \(fn)" t nil)
5195
5196 ;;;***
5197
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5199 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5201
5202 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5203 Mode used for cvs status output.
5204
5205 \(fn)" t nil)
5206
5207 ;;;***
5208
5209 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5210 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 43263))
5211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5212
5213 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5214 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5215
5216 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5217 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5218 C++ modes are included.
5219
5220 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5221
5222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5223
5224 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5225 Turn on CWarn mode.
5226
5227 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5228 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5229
5230 \(fn)" nil nil)
5231
5232 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5233 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5234 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5236 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5237
5238 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5239
5240 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5241 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5242 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5243 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5244 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5245
5246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5247
5248 ;;;***
5249
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5251 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5252 ;;;;;; (16118 44435))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5254
5255 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5256 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5257
5258 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5259
5260 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5261 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5262
5263 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5266 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5267 For readability, the table is slightly
5268 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5269
5270 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5271 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5272 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5273 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5274 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5275
5276 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5277
5278 ;;;***
5279
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5281 ;;;;;; (16174 61084))
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5283 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5284 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5285
5286 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5287 Completion on current word.
5288 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5289 and presents suggestions for completion.
5290
5291 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5292 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5293 completions.
5294
5295 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5296 then it searches *all* buffers.
5297
5298 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5299 if there is a suitable one already.
5300
5301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5304 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5305
5306 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5307 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5308 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5309 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5310 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5311
5312 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5313 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5314
5315 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5316 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5317 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5318
5319 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5320 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5321
5322 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5323
5324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5325
5326 ;;;***
5327
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997
5329 ;;;;;; 672))
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5331
5332 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5333 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5334
5335 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5336 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5337 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5338
5339 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5340 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5341 Data lines are not indented.
5342
5343 Key bindings:
5344
5345 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5346 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5347
5348 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5349 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5350 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5351 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5352
5353 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5354
5355 dcl-basic-offset
5356 Extra indentation within blocks.
5357
5358 dcl-continuation-offset
5359 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5360
5361 dcl-margin-offset
5362 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5363
5364 dcl-margin-label-offset
5365 Indentation for a label.
5366
5367 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5368 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5369
5370 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5371 dcl-block-end-regexp
5372 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5373 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5374 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5375 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5376 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5377
5378 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5379 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5380 Two such functions are included in the package:
5381 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5382 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5383
5384 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5385 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5386 One such function is included in the package:
5387 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5388
5389 dcl-tab-always-indent
5390 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5391 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5392 margin.
5393
5394 dcl-electric-characters
5395 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5396 typed.
5397
5398 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5399 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5400 which words trigger electric indentation.
5401
5402 dcl-tempo-comma
5403 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5404 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5405 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5406
5407 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5408 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5409 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5410 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5411
5412 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5413 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5414 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5415 dcl-imenu-label-call
5416 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5417
5418 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5419 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5420 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5421 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5422
5423
5424 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5425
5426 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5427 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5428 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5429 $ i = 1
5430 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5431 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5432 $ label:
5433 $ if i.eq.1
5434 $ then
5435 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5436 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5438 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5439 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5440 \"lined up with the command line\"
5441 $ type sys$input
5442 Data lines are not indented at all.
5443 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5444 $ endif
5445 $
5446
5447
5448 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5449 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5450
5451 \(fn)" t nil)
5452
5453 ;;;***
5454
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5456 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085))
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5458
5459 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5460
5461 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5462 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5463 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5464 of the evaluator.
5465
5466 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5467 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5468 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5469
5470 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5473 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5474 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5476 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5477 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5478 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5479
5480 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5481
5482 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5483 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5484 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5485
5486 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5487
5488 ;;;***
5489
5490 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5491 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5493
5494 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5495 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5496
5497 \(fn)" t nil)
5498
5499 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5500 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5501 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5502 Upper-case letters are commands.
5503
5504 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5505 modify it.
5506
5507 The most useful commands are:
5508 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5509 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5510 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5511 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5512 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5513 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5514
5515 \(fn)" t nil)
5516
5517 ;;;***
5518
5519 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5520 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15310
5521 ;;;;;; 56703))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5523
5524 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5525 Customization of `columns' group.
5526
5527 \(fn)" t nil)
5528
5529 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5530 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5531
5532 START and END delimits the text region.
5533
5534 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5535
5536 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5537 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5538
5539 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5540
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5542
5543 ;;;***
5544
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5546 ;;;;;; 41832))
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5548
5549 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5550 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5551 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5552 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5553 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5554 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5555
5556 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5557
5558 Customization:
5559
5560 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5561 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5562 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5563 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5564 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5565 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5566 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5567 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5568 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5569 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5570 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5571 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5572 blank line.
5573 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5574 Directories to search when finding external units.
5575 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5576 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5577
5578 Coloring:
5579
5580 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5581 Face used to color delphi comments.
5582 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5583 Face used to color delphi strings.
5584 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5585 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5586 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5587 Face used to color everything else.
5588
5589 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5590 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5591
5592 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5593
5594 ;;;***
5595
5596 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16016
5597 ;;;;;; 56429))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5599
5600 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5601
5602 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5603 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5604 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5606 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5607
5608 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5609
5610 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5611 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5612 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5613 positive.
5614
5615 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5616 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5617 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5618 any selection.
5619
5620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5621
5622 ;;;***
5623
5624 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5625 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16162 11942))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5627
5628 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5629 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5630
5631 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5632
5633 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5634 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5635 or nil if there is no parent.
5636 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5637 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5638 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5639 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5640 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5641
5642 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5643 arguments are currently understood:
5644 :group GROUP
5645 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5646 :syntax-table TABLE
5647 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5648 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5649 :abbrev-table TABLE
5650 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5651 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5652
5653 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5654
5655 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5656
5657 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5658 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5659 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5660
5661 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5662 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5663
5664 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5665 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5666 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5667
5668 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5669 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5670
5671 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5672 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5673
5674 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5675
5676 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5677 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5678 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5679 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5680 the first time the mode is used.
5681
5682 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5683
5684 ;;;***
5685
5686 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5687 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16111 41824))
5688 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5689
5690 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5691 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5692 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5693 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5694 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5695 otherwise.
5696
5697 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5698
5699 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5700 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5701 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5702 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5703 character composition information (if relevant),
5704 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5705
5706 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5707
5708 ;;;***
5709
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5711 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5712 ;;;;;; (16148 4632))
5713 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5714
5715 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5716 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5717 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5718 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5719 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5720 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5721
5722 \(fn)" t nil)
5723
5724 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5725 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5726 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5727 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5728
5729 \(fn)" nil nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5732 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5733 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5734 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5735
5736 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
5737
5738 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5739 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5740
5741 \(fn)" t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5744 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5745
5746 \(fn)" t nil)
5747
5748 ;;;***
5749
5750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16142
5751 ;;;;;; 4985))
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5753
5754 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5755
5756 ;;;***
5757
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5759 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16174 61085))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5761
5762 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5763 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5764 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5765 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5766 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5767
5768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5769
5770 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5771 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5772 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5773 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5774
5775 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5776 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5777 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5778 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5779
5780 #!/bin/sh
5781 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5782 emacs -batch \\
5783 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5784 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5785 european-calendar-style t \\
5786 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5787 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5788 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5789
5790 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5791 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5792 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5793 to run it every morning at 1am.
5794
5795 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5798 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5799
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5801
5802 ;;;***
5803
5804 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5805 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5807
5808 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5809 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5810
5811 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5812
5813 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5814 *The command to use to run diff.")
5815
5816 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5817
5818 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5819 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5820 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5821 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5822 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5823 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5824
5825 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5826
5827 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5828 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5829 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5830 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5831 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5832
5833 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5834
5835 ;;;***
5836
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5838 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5840
5841 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5842 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5843 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5844 normal diffs.
5845 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5846 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5847 headers for you on-the-fly.
5848
5849 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5850 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5851 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5852
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5854
5855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5858
5859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5860
5861 ;;;***
5862
5863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16159 27802))
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5869
5870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5871 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5877 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5878
5879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5880
5881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5883
5884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5885 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5889
5890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5892
5893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5896 always set this variable to t.")
5897
5898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5899
5900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5903 A value of t means move to first file.")
5904
5905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5906
5907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5908 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5911 are afterward marked with that character.")
5912
5913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5914
5915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5916 *Controls marking of copied files.
5917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5919
5920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5921
5922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5926
5927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5928
5929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5933
5934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5935
5936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5937 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5940
5941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5942
5943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5944
5945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5947 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5948
5949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5950
5951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5957
5958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5965 list of files to make directory entries for.
5966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5970
5971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5972
5973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5975
5976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5978
5979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5984
5985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5986
5987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5989
5990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5991 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5992
5993 ;;;***
5994
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5996 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5997 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5998 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5999 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6000 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6001 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6002 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6003 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6004 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6005 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6006 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6007 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6009
6010 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6011 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6012 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6013 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6014 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6015 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6016 which is options for `diff'.
6017
6018 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6021 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6022 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6023 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6024 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6025 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6026
6027 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6028
6029 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6030 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6031 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6032
6033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6034
6035 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6036 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6037
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6039
6040 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6041 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6042
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6044
6045 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6046 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6047 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6048 `lpr-switches' as default.
6049
6050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6051
6052 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6053 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6054 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6055 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6056 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6057
6058 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6059 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6060
6061 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6062 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6063 file name substituted for `?'.
6064
6065 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6066 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6067
6068 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6069 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6070 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6071 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6072
6073 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6074
6075 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6076 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6077 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6078
6079 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6080 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6081 in a subdir.
6082
6083 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6084 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6085
6086 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6089 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6090 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6091 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6092 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6093 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6094
6095 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6096
6097 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6098 Not documented
6099
6100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6101
6102 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6103 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6104
6105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6106
6107 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6108 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6109
6110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6113 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6114
6115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6118 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6119 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6120 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6121
6122 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6123
6124 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6125 Not documented
6126
6127 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6128
6129 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6130 Not documented
6131
6132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6133
6134 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6135 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6136
6137 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6138
6139 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6140 Not documented
6141
6142 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6143
6144 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6145 Not documented
6146
6147 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6148
6149 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6150 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6151
6152 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6153
6154 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6155 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6156 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6157 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6158 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6159 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6160 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6161 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6162 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6163
6164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6165
6166 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6167 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6168 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6169 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6170 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6171 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6172 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6173 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6174
6175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6178 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6179 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6180 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6181 and new hard links are made in that directory
6182 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6183 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6184 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6185
6186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6189 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6190 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6191 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6192 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6193 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6194 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6195
6196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6199 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6200
6201 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6202 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6203 file if none are marked.
6204
6205 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6206 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6207 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6208 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6209
6210 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6211 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6212
6213 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6214
6215 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6216 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6217 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6218
6219 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6220
6221 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6222 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6223 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6224
6225 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6228 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6229 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6230
6231 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6234 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6235
6236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6239 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6240
6241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6244 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6245 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6246 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6247 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6248 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6249 this subdirectory.
6250 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6251
6252 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6253
6254 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6255 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6256 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6257 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6258 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6259 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6260 this subdirectory.
6261 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6262
6263 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6266 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6267 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6268
6269 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6272 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6273 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6274 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6275
6276 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6279 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6280 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6281 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6282
6283 \(fn)" t nil)
6284
6285 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6286 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6287 Lower levels are unaffected.
6288
6289 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6292 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6293
6294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6295
6296 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6297 Go down in the dired tree.
6298
6299 \(fn)" t nil)
6300
6301 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6302 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6303 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6304 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6305
6306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6307
6308 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6309 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6310 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6311 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6312
6313 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6314
6315 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6316 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6317 Stops when a match is found.
6318 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6319
6320 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6321
6322 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6323 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6324 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6325 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6326 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6327
6328 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6331 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6332 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6333 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6334
6335 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6336
6337 ;;;***
6338
6339 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670))
6340 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6341
6342 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6343 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6344 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6345 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6346 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6347 buffer and try again.
6348
6349 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6350
6351 ;;;***
6352
6353 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 5127))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6355
6356 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6357 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6358 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6359
6360 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6361
6362 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6363 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6364
6365 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6366 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6367
6368 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6369
6370 ;;;***
6371
6372 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6373 ;;;;;; 41828))
6374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6375
6376 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6377 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6378 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6379 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6380 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6381 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6382
6383 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6384
6385 ;;;***
6386
6387 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6388 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6389 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6390 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6391 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951))
6392 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6393
6394 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6395 Return a new, empty display table.
6396
6397 \(fn)" nil nil)
6398
6399 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6400 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6401 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6402 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6403 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6404
6405 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6406
6407 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6408 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6409 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6410 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6411 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6412
6413 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6416 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6417
6418 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6419
6420 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6421 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6422
6423 \(fn)" t nil)
6424
6425 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6426 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6427
6428 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6429
6430 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6431 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6432
6433 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6434
6435 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6436 Display character C using printable string S.
6437
6438 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6439
6440 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6441 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6442 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6443 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6444
6445 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6446
6447 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6448 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6449 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6450 X frame.
6451
6452 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6455 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6456
6457 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6458
6459 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6460 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6461
6462 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6465 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6466
6467 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6468 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6469 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6470 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6471
6472 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6473 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6474 European character display.
6475
6476 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6477 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6478 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6479 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6480
6481 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6482 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6483 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6484 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6485 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6486
6487 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6488
6489 ;;;***
6490
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6492 ;;;;;; (15186 43694))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6494
6495 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6496 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6497 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6498 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6499 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6500 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6501 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6502 Default is 2.
6503
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6505
6506 ;;;***
6507
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963))
6509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6510
6511 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6512 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6513
6514 \(fn)" t nil)
6515
6516 ;;;***
6517
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6519 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
6520 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6521
6522 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6523 Toggle Double mode.
6524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6525 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6526
6527 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6528
6529 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6530 Toggle Double mode.
6531 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6532
6533 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6534 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6535
6536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6537
6538 ;;;***
6539
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6542
6543 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6544 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6545
6546 \(fn)" t nil)
6547
6548 ;;;***
6549
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6551 ;;;;;; (15235 28667))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6553
6554 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6555 Play sounds in message buffers.
6556
6557 \(fn)" t nil)
6558
6559 ;;;***
6560
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6562 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792))
6564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6565
6566 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6567
6568 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6569 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6570 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6571 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6572
6573 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6574 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6575 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6576 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6577 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6578 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6579 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6580 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6581 used (see below).
6582
6583 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6584 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6585 Before the actual body code, you can write
6586 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6587 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6588 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6589 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6590 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6591 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6592 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6593 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6594 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6595 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6596 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6597
6598 For example, you could write
6599 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6600 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6601 ...BODY CODE...)
6602
6603 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6604
6605 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6606 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6607 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6608 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6609 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6610 :group to specify the custom group.
6611
6612 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6613
6614 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6615 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6616 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6617 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6618 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6619 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6620 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6621
6622 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6623
6624 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6625 Not documented
6626
6627 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6628
6629 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6630 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6631 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6632
6633 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6634
6635 ;;;***
6636
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6638 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054
6639 ;;;;;; 60749))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6641
6642 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6643
6644 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6645 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6646
6647 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6648 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6649 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6650
6651 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6652 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6653
6654 :filter FUNCTION
6655
6656 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6657 menu displayed.
6658
6659 :visible INCLUDE
6660
6661 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6662 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6663
6664 :active ENABLE
6665
6666 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6668
6669 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6670
6671 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6672
6673 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6674
6675 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6676 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6677
6678 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6679 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6680
6681 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6682
6683 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6684
6685 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6686
6687 :keys KEYS
6688
6689 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6690 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6691 computed automatically.
6692 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6693
6694 :key-sequence KEYS
6695
6696 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6697 menu item.
6698 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6699 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6700 keyboard equivalent.
6701
6702 :active ENABLE
6703
6704 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6705 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6706
6707 :included INCLUDE
6708
6709 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6710 expression has a non-nil value.
6711
6712 :suffix FORM
6713
6714 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6715 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6716
6717 :style STYLE
6718
6719 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6720 defined:
6721
6722 toggle: A checkbox.
6723 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6724 radio: A radio button.
6725 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6726 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6727 menu bar itself.
6728 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6729
6730 :selected SELECTED
6731
6732 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6733 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6734
6735 :help HELP
6736
6737 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6738
6739 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6740 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6741 as a solid horizontal line.
6742
6743 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6744
6745 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6746
6747 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6748 Not documented
6749
6750 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6751
6752 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6753 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6754 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6755 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6756
6757 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6758
6759 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6760 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6761 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6762 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6763 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6764 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6765
6766 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6767 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6768 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6769
6770 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6771 to implement dynamic menus.
6772
6773 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6774
6775 ;;;***
6776
6777 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6779 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6783
6784 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6785 Customization for ebnf group.
6786
6787 \(fn)" t nil)
6788
6789 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6791
6792 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6793 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6794 it to the printer.
6795
6796 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6797 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6798 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6799 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6800
6801 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6802
6803 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6804 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6805 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6806
6807 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6808
6809 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6810 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6811 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6812 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6813
6814 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6815
6816 \(fn)" t nil)
6817
6818 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6820 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6821
6822 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6823
6824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6827 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6828
6829 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6830 The EPS file name has the following form:
6831
6832 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6833
6834 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6835 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6836
6837 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6838 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6839 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6840 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6841
6842 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6843
6844 \(fn)" t nil)
6845
6846 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6848
6849 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6850 The EPS file name has the following form:
6851
6852 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6853
6854 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6855 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6856
6857 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6858 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6859 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6860 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6861
6862 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6863
6864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6865
6866 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6867
6868 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6869 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6870
6871 \(fn)" t nil)
6872
6873 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6874 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6875
6876 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6877
6878 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6879 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6880
6881 \(fn)" nil nil)
6882
6883 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6884 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6885
6886 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6887
6888 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6889 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6890
6891 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6892
6893 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6894 Set STYLE to current style.
6895
6896 It returns the old style symbol.
6897
6898 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6899
6900 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6901 Reset current style.
6902
6903 It returns the old style symbol.
6904
6905 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6906
6907 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6909
6910 It returns the old style symbol.
6911
6912 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6915 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6916
6917 It returns the old style symbol.
6918
6919 \(fn)" t nil)
6920
6921 ;;;***
6922
6923 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6926 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6927 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6928 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154))
6929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6930
6931 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6932 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6933 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6934 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6935 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6936 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6937
6938 Tree mode key bindings:
6939 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6940
6941 \(fn)" t nil)
6942
6943 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6944 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6945
6946 \(fn)" t nil)
6947
6948 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6949 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6950 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6951 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6952 completion.
6953
6954 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6955
6956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6957 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6958 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6959 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6960
6961 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6962
6963 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6964 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6965 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6966
6967 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6968
6969 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6970 Search for call sites of a member.
6971 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6972 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6973 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6974 looks like a function call to the member.
6975
6976 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6977
6978 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6979 Move backward in the position stack.
6980 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6981
6982 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6985 Move forward in the position stack.
6986 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6987
6988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6991 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6992
6993 \(fn)" t nil)
6994
6995 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6996 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6997
6998 \(fn)" t nil)
6999
7000 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7001 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7002 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7003 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7004
7005 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7008 Display statistics for a class tree.
7009
7010 \(fn)" t nil)
7011
7012 ;;;***
7013
7014 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7015 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
7016 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7017
7018 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7019 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7020 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7021 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7022
7023 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7024 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7025 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7026
7027 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7028 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7029 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7030
7031 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7032
7033 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7034
7035 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7036
7037 ;;;***
7038
7039 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7040 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951))
7041 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7042
7043 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7044 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7045 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7046
7047 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7048
7049 ;;;***
7050
7051 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7052 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828))
7053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7054
7055 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7056 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7057 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7058 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7059 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7060
7061 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7062 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7063 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7064 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7065
7066 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7067
7068 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7069 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7070 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7071 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7072
7073 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7074
7075 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7076 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7077 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7078 \(naming a function), or a list.
7079
7080 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7081
7082 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7083
7084 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7085 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7086 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7087 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7088 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7089
7090 If you do this on a function definition
7091 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7092 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7093 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7094 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7095
7096 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7097 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7098 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7099 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7100 already is one.)
7101
7102 \(fn)" t nil)
7103
7104 ;;;***
7105
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7107 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7108 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7109 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7115 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824))
7116 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7117
7118 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7119 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7120
7121 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7124 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7125
7126 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7127
7128 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7129
7130 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7131
7132 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7133 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7134 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7135 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7136
7137 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7140 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7141
7142 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7143
7144 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7145
7146 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7147 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7148
7149 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7150
7151 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7152
7153 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7154 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7155 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7156 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7157
7158 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7159
7160 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7161
7162 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7163 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7164 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7165 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7166
7167 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7168
7169 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7170
7171 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7172 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7173 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7174 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7175
7176 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7177
7178 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7179
7180 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7181 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7182 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7183 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7184
7185 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7186
7187 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7188
7189 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7190 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7191 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7192 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7193 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7194 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7195
7196 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7199 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7200 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7201 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7202
7203 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7204
7205 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7206
7207 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7208 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7209 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7210 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7211
7212 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7213
7214 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7215
7216 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7217
7218 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7219 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7220 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7221 follows:
7222 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7223 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7224
7225 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7228 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7229 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7230 follows:
7231 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7232 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7233
7234 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7237 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7238 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7239 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7240 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7241 region.
7242 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7243 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7244
7245 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7246
7247 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7248 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7249 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7250 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7251 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7252 region.
7253 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7254 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7255 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7256
7257 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7258
7259 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7260
7261 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7262 Merge two files without ancestor.
7263
7264 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7267 Merge two files with ancestor.
7268
7269 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7270
7271 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7272
7273 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7274 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7275
7276 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7279 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7280
7281 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7284 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7285 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7286 buffer.
7287
7288 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7291 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7292 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7293 buffer.
7294
7295 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7298 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7299 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7300 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7301
7302 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7303
7304 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7305 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7306 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7307 and don't ask the user.
7308 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7309 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7310
7311 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7314 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7315 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7316 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7317 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7318 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7319
7320 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7321
7322 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7323
7324 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7325
7326 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7327 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7328 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7329 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7330 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7331
7332 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7333
7334 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7335
7336 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7337 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7338 When called interactively, displays the version.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7343 Display Ediff's manual.
7344 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7345
7346 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7347
7348 ;;;***
7349
7350 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7351 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7353
7354 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7355 Not documented
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 ;;;***
7360
7361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7363
7364 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7365 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7366
7367 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7368
7369 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7370
7371 ;;;***
7372
7373 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7374 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7376
7377 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7378 Display Ediff's registry.
7379
7380 \(fn)" t nil)
7381
7382 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7383
7384 ;;;***
7385
7386 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7387 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824))
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7389
7390 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7391 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7392 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7393 which see.
7394
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7398 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7399 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7400 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7401
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7403
7404 ;;;***
7405
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7407 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7408 ;;;;;; (15941 42952))
7409 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7410
7411 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7412 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7413 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7414
7415 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7416 Edit a keyboard macro.
7417 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7418 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7419 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7420 its command name.
7421 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7422
7423 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7426 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7427
7428 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7431 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7432
7433 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7436 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7437 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7438 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7439 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7440 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7441
7442 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7443 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7444 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7445 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7446
7447 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7450 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7451 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7452 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7453 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7454 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7455
7456 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7457
7458 ;;;***
7459
7460 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7461 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958))
7462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7463
7464 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7465 Set scroll margins.
7466 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7467 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7468
7469 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7472 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7473
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7475
7476 ;;;***
7477
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7479 ;;;;;; (16139 21083))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7481
7482 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7483 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7484 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7485 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7486 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7487 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7488 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7489 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7490
7491 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7492 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7493
7494 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7495 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7496 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7497 this value is non-nil.
7498
7499 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7500 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7501 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7502
7503 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7504 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7505 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7506
7507 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7508
7509 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7510 Not documented
7511
7512 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7517 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16066 53440))
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7519
7520 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7521 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7522
7523 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7524
7525 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7526 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7527 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7528
7529 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7530 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7531 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7532 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7533 from the documentation string if possible.
7534
7535 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7536 instead.
7537
7538 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7539
7540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7543 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7544
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7546
7547 ;;;***
7548
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829
7550 ;;;;;; 28907))
7551 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7552
7553 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7554 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7555
7556 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7557 an elided material again.
7558
7559 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7560
7561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562
7563 ;;;***
7564
7565 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7566 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7568
7569 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7570 Initialize elint.
7571
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7573
7574 ;;;***
7575
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7577 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15407
7578 ;;;;;; 8858))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7580
7581 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7582 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7583 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7584
7585 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7586
7587 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7588 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7589 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7590
7591 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7594 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7595 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7596
7597 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7598
7599 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7602 Display current profiling results.
7603 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7604 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7605 displayed.
7606
7607 \(fn)" t nil)
7608
7609 ;;;***
7610
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7612 ;;;;;; (15678 51470))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7614
7615 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7616 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7617 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7618
7619 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7620
7621 ;;;***
7622
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7624 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7625 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7626 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7627 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16174 61084))
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7629
7630 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7631 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7632 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7633 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7634 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7635 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7636 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7637 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7638 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7639 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7640 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7641 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7642 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7643 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7644 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7645 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7646
7647 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7648 Run Emerge on two files.
7649
7650 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7651
7652 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7653 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7654
7655 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7656
7657 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7658 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7659
7660 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7661
7662 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7663 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7664
7665 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7666
7667 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7668 Not documented
7669
7670 \(fn)" nil nil)
7671
7672 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7673 Not documented
7674
7675 \(fn)" nil nil)
7676
7677 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7678 Not documented
7679
7680 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7681
7682 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7683 Not documented
7684
7685 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7686
7687 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7688 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7689
7690 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7691
7692 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7693 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7694
7695 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7698 Not documented
7699
7700 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7701
7702 ;;;***
7703
7704 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7705 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
7706 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7707
7708 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7709 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7710 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7712 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7713
7714 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7715
7716 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7717 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7718 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7719
7720 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7721 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7722 automatically.
7723
7724 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7725 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7726 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7727
7728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7729
7730 ;;;***
7731
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7733 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16162 11943))
7734 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7735
7736 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7737 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7738 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7739 text/enriched format.
7740 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7741
7742 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7743 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7744
7745 Commands:
7746
7747 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7748
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7752 Not documented
7753
7754 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7755
7756 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7757 Not documented
7758
7759 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7760
7761 ;;;***
7762
7763 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15678
7764 ;;;;;; 51469))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7766
7767 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7768 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7769
7770 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7771
7772 \(fn)" nil nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
7777 ;;;;;; 50922))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7779
7780 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7781 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7782
7783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7784
7785 ;;;***
7786
7787 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7788 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808))
7789 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7790
7791 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7792 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7793 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7794 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7795 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7796 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7797 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7798 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7799 buffer selected (or created).
7800
7801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7804 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7805 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7806
7807 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7808
7809 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7810 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7811 The result might be any Lisp object.
7812 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7813 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7814 corresponding to a successful execution.
7815
7816 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7817
7818 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7819 Report a bug in Eshell.
7820 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7821 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7822
7823 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7824
7825 ;;;***
7826
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7828 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7829 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7830 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7831 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7832 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7833 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148
7834 ;;;;;; 4633))
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7836
7837 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7838 *File name of tags table.
7839 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7840 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7841 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7842 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7843
7844 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7845 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7846 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7847 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7848
7849 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7850
7851 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7852 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7853 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7854 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7855 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7856 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7857
7858 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7859
7860 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7861 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7862 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7863 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7864 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7865 `auto-compression-mode').")
7866
7867 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7868
7869 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7870 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7871 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7872 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7873 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7874
7875 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7876
7877 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7878 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7879 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7880 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7881
7882 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7883
7884 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7885 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7886 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7887 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7888 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7889
7890 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7891
7892 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7893 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7894 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7895 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7896
7897 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7898 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7899 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7900 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7901 file the tag was in.
7902
7903 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7904
7905 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7906 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7907 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7908 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7909 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7910 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7911 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7912 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7913 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7914
7915 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7916
7917 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7918 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7919 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7920 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7921 without directory names.
7922
7923 \(fn)" nil nil)
7924
7925 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7926 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7927 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7928 but does not select the buffer.
7929 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7930
7931 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7932 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7933 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7934 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7935 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7936
7937 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7938
7939 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7940 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7941 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7942
7943 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7944
7945 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7948 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7949 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7951
7952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7957
7958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7959
7960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7963
7964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7965
7966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7967 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7968
7969 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7970 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7971 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7972 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7973 around or before point.
7974
7975 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7976 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7977 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7978 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7979 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7980
7981 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7982
7983 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7984 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7985 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7986
7987 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7988
7989 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7990 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7991
7992 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7993 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7994 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7995 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7996 around or before point.
7997
7998 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7999 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8000 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8001 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8002 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8003
8004 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8005
8006 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8007 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8008 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8009
8010 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8011
8012 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8013 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8014
8015 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8016 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8017 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8018
8019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8024
8025 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8026
8027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8030
8031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8032
8033 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8034 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8035 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8036
8037 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8038 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8039
8040 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8041 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8042 where they were found.
8043
8044 \(fn)" t nil)
8045
8046 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8047 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8048
8049 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8050 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8051 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8052
8053 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8054 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8055
8056 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8057 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8058
8059 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8062 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8063 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8064 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8065
8066 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8067 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8068 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8069 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8070 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8071
8072 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8073 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8076 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8077 Stops when a match is found.
8078 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8079
8080 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8081
8082 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8083
8084 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8085 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8086 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8087 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8088 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8089
8090 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8091
8092 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8095 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8096 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8097 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8098 directory specification.
8099
8100 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8101
8102 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8103 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8104
8105 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8108 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8109 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8110 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8111
8112 \(fn)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8115 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8116 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8117 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8118 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8119
8120 \(fn)" t nil)
8121
8122 ;;;***
8123
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8125 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8126 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8127 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8131 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16118 44435))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8133
8134 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8135 Not documented
8136
8137 \(fn)" nil nil)
8138
8139 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8140 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8142 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8143
8144 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8145 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8146 language.
8147
8148 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8149 even if the buffer is read-only.
8150
8151 See also the descriptions of the variables
8152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8153 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8154
8155 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8156
8157 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8158 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8159
8160 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8161 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8162
8163 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8164 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8165 language.
8166
8167 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8168 buffer is read-only.
8169
8170 See also the descriptions of the variables
8171 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8172 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8173
8174 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8175
8176 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8177 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8178 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8179
8180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8181
8182 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8183 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8184
8185 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8186 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8187
8188 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8189 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8190
8191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8194 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8195 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8196 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8201 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8202 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8203 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8204
8205 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8206 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8207 the primary language.
8208
8209 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8210 buffer is read-only.
8211
8212 See also the descriptions of the variables
8213 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8214 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8215
8216 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8217
8218 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8219 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8222
8223 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8224 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8225 primary language.
8226
8227 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8228 buffer is read-only.
8229
8230 See also the descriptions of the variables
8231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8233
8234 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8237 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8238 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8239
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8243 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8244
8245 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8246 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8247 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8248 3) convert the body into SERA.
8249
8250 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8251
8252 \(fn)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8255 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8256 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8261 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8262
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8266 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8267
8268 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8269 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8270 be 1, 2, or 3.
8271
8272 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8273 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8274 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8275
8276 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8277
8278 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8279
8280 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8281 Allow the user to input special characters.
8282
8283 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8284
8285 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8286 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8287 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8288
8289 \(fn)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8292 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8293
8294 \(fn)" t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8297 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8298
8299 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8300 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8301
8302 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8303 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8304
8305 \(fn)" nil nil)
8306
8307 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8308 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8309
8310 \(fn)" nil nil)
8311
8312 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8313 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8314
8315 \(fn)" nil nil)
8316
8317 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8318 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8319
8320 \(fn)" nil nil)
8321
8322 ;;;***
8323
8324 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8325 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8326 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8328
8329 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8330 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8331 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8332 server for future sessions.
8333
8334 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8337 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8338
8339 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8342 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8343
8344 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8347 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8348 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8349 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8350 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8351 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8352 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8353 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8354 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8355 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8356 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8357 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8358
8359 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8362 Display a form to query the directory server.
8363 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8364 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8365
8366 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8369 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8370 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8371
8372 \(fn)" t nil)
8373
8374 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8375
8376 ;;;***
8377
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8379 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8380 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 17608))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8382
8383 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8384 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8385
8386 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8389 Display URL and make it clickable.
8390
8391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8392
8393 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8394 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8395
8396 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8399 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8400
8401 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8402
8403 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8404 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8405
8406 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8407
8408 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8409 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8410
8411 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8412
8413 ;;;***
8414
8415 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8416 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 17608))
8417 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8418
8419 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8420 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8421 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8422
8423 \(fn)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8426 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8427
8428 \(fn)" t nil)
8429
8430 ;;;***
8431
8432 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8433 ;;;;;; (15429 17608))
8434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8435
8436 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8437 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8438
8439 \(fn)" t nil)
8440
8441 ;;;***
8442
8443 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8444 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8445 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8447
8448 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8449 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8450 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8451
8452 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8453
8454 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8455 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8456 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8457 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8458 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8459 executable.
8460
8461 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8464 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8465 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8466
8467 \(fn)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8470 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8471 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8472 file modes.
8473
8474 \(fn)" nil nil)
8475
8476 ;;;***
8477
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8479 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15364 46020))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8481
8482 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8483 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8484 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8485 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8486
8487 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8488
8489 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8490 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8491 to generate such functions.
8492
8493 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8494 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8495 beginning of the expanded text.
8496
8497 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8498 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8499 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8500 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8501
8502 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8503
8504 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8505
8506 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8507 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8508 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8509
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8513 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8514 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8515
8516 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8518 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8519
8520 ;;;***
8521
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8524
8525 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8526 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8527 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8528
8529 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8530 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8531 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8532
8533 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8534
8535 Key definitions:
8536 \\{f90-mode-map}
8537
8538 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8539
8540 `f90-do-indent'
8541 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8542 `f90-if-indent'
8543 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8544 `f90-type-indent'
8545 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8546 `f90-program-indent'
8547 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8548 (default 2).
8549 `f90-continuation-indent'
8550 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8551 `f90-comment-region'
8552 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8553 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8554 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8555 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8556 (default \"!\").
8557 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8558 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8559 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8560 `f90-break-delimiters'
8561 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8562 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8563 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8564 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8565 (default t).
8566 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8567 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8568 `f90-smart-end'
8569 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8570 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8571 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8572 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8573 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8574 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8575 `f90-leave-line-no'
8576 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8577 `f90-keywords-re'
8578 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8579
8580 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8581 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8582
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8584
8585 ;;;***
8586
8587 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8588 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8589 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8590 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8591 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952))
8592 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8593 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8594 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8595
8596 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8597 Menu keymap for faces.")
8598
8599 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8600
8601 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8602 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8603
8604 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8605
8606 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8607 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8608
8609 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8610
8611 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8612 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8613
8614 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8615
8616 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8617 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8618
8619 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8620
8621 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8622 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8623
8624 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8625
8626 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8627 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8628
8629 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8630
8631 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8632
8633 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8634
8635 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8636
8637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8638 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8639 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8640 will not show through at all will be removed.
8641
8642 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8643
8644 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8645 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8646 requested face.
8647
8648 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8649 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8650 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8651
8652 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8655 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8656 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8657
8658 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8659 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8660 requested face.
8661
8662 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8663 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8664 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8665
8666 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8669 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8670 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8671
8672 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8673 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8674 requested face.
8675
8676 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8677 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8678 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8679
8680 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8681
8682 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8683 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8684 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8685 is the menu item's name.
8686
8687 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8688 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8689 requested face.
8690
8691 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8692 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8693 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8694
8695 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8698 Make the region invisible.
8699 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8700 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8701
8702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8705 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8706 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8707 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8708
8709 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8710
8711 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8712 Make the region unmodifiable.
8713 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8714 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8715
8716 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8719 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8720
8721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8724 Remove all text properties from the region.
8725
8726 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8729 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8730 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8731
8732 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8733
8734 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8735 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8736
8737 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8738
8739 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8740 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8741 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8742 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8743 of colors that the current display can handle.
8744
8745 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8750 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8752
8753 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8754 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8755 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8756 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8757
8758 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8759
8760 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8761 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8762 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8763
8764 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8765 - When you save the file's buffer.
8766 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8767 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8768 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8769 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8770
8771 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8772
8773 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8774 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8775 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8776 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8777
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8779
8780 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8781 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8782
8783 \(fn)" nil nil)
8784
8785 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8790 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8791 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8793
8794 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8795 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8796 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8797 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8798
8799 \(fn)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8802 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8803
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8805
8806 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8807 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8808 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8809 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8810
8811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8812
8813 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8814 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8815 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8816 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8817 backup file names and the like).
8818
8819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8820
8821 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8822 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8823 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8824 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8825 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8826 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8827 internally by feedmail):
8828
8829 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8830 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8831 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8832 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8833
8834 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8835 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8836 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8837 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8838 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8839
8840 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8845 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8847
8848 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8849 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8850 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8851 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8852 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8853 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8854 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8855
8856 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8857
8858 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8859 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8860 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8861 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8862 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8863 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8864 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8865
8866 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8867
8868 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8869
8870 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8871
8872 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8873 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8874 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8875 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8876 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8877 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8878
8879 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8880
8881 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8882 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8883 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8884 Return value:
8885 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8886 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8887 * otherwise, nil
8888
8889 \(fn E)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8892 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8893
8894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8895
8896 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8897 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8898
8899 \(fn)" t nil)
8900
8901 ;;;***
8902
8903 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8904 ;;;;;; (15997 5128))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8906
8907 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8908 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8909 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8910 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8911 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8912 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8913 \(directories) is done.
8914
8915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8916 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8917 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8918 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8923 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8925
8926 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8927 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8928 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8929 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8930 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8931
8932 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8933
8934 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8935 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8936 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8937 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8938
8939 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8940
8941 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8942 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8943 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8944
8945 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8946
8947 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8948 as the final argument.
8949
8950 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8951
8952 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8953 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8954 and run dired on those files.
8955 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8956 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8957
8958 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8959
8960 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8961
8962 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8963 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8964 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8965
8966 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8967
8968 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8969
8970 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8971
8972 ;;;***
8973
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8975 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8976 ;;;;;; (16111 41825))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8978
8979 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8980 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8981 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8982
8983 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8984
8985 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8986
8987 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8988
8989 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8990 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8991 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8992
8993 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8994 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8995
8996 Variables of interest include:
8997
8998 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8999 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9000 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9001
9002 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9003 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9004 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9005
9006 - `ff-ignore-include'
9007 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9008
9009 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9010 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9011
9012 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9013 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9014
9015 - `ff-special-constructs'
9016 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9017 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9018 extracting the filename from that construct.
9019
9020 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9021 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9022
9023 - `ff-search-directories'
9024 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9025 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9026
9027 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9028 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9029
9030 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9031 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9032
9033 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9034 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9035
9036 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9037 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9038
9039 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9040 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9041
9042 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9043
9044 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9045 Visit the file you click on.
9046
9047 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9048
9049 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9050 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9051
9052 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9057 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9058 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9059 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9060 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9061 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9063
9064 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9065 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9066
9067 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9068
9069 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9070 Search for SYMBOL.
9071 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9072 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9073
9074 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9075
9076 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9077 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9078
9079 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9080 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9081 not selected.
9082
9083 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9084 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9085 in `load-path'.
9086
9087 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9088
9089 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9090 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9091
9092 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9093 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9094 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9095 it is one of the current buffers.
9096
9097 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9098 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9099 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9100
9101 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9104 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9105
9106 See `find-function' for more details.
9107
9108 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9109
9110 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9111 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9112
9113 See `find-function' for more details.
9114
9115 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9116
9117 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9118 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9119
9120 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9121 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9122 not selected.
9123
9124 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9125 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9126
9127 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9128
9129 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9130 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9131
9132 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9133 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9134 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9135 it is one of the current buffers.
9136
9137 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9138 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9139 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9140
9141 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9142
9143 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9144 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9145
9146 See `find-variable' for more details.
9147
9148 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9149
9150 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9151 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9152
9153 See `find-variable' for more details.
9154
9155 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9156
9157 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9158 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9159 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9160
9161 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9162
9163 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9164 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9165
9166 \(fn)" t nil)
9167
9168 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9169 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9170
9171 \(fn)" t nil)
9172
9173 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9174 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9175
9176 \(fn)" nil nil)
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179
9180 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9181 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15188 556))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9183
9184 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9185 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9186
9187 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9188
9189 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9190 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9191
9192 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9193
9194 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9195 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9196
9197 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200
9201 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9202 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9204
9205 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9206 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9207
9208 \(fn)" t nil)
9209
9210 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9211 Display FILE's commentary section.
9212 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9213
9214 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9215
9216 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9217 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9218
9219 \(fn)" t nil)
9220
9221 ;;;***
9222
9223 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9224 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952))
9225 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9226
9227 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9228 Toggle flow control handling.
9229 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9230 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9231
9232 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9233
9234 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9235 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9236 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9237 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9238 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9239 to get the effect of a C-q.
9240
9241 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244
9245 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9246 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9247 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9249
9250 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9251 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9252 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9253
9254 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9255
9256 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9257 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9258
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9260
9261 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9262
9263 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9264
9265 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9266 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9267 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9268 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9269 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9270 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9271
9272 Bindings:
9273 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9274 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9275 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9276
9277 Hooks:
9278 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9279
9280 Remark:
9281 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9282 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9283 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9284
9285 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9286 consider adding:
9287 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9288 in your .emacs file.
9289
9290 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9291 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9292
9293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9294
9295 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9296
9297 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9298 The flyspell version
9299
9300 \(fn)" t nil)
9301
9302 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9303 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9304
9305 \(fn)" nil nil)
9306
9307 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9308 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9309
9310 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9313 Flyspell whole buffer.
9314
9315 \(fn)" t nil)
9316
9317 ;;;***
9318
9319 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9320 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9321 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9323
9324 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9325 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9326
9327 \(fn)" t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9330 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9331
9332 \(fn)" t nil)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9335 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9336
9337 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9338 of two major techniques:
9339
9340 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9341 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9342 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9343
9344 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9345 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9346 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9347 movement commands.
9348
9349 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9350 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9351 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9352 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9353 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9354 mileage may vary).
9355
9356 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9357 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9358
9359 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9360
9361 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9362 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9363 \(This is the default.)
9364
9365 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9366 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9367
9368 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9369 \\{follow-mode-map}
9370
9371 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9372
9373 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9374 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9375
9376 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9377 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9378 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9379 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9380 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9381 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9382
9383 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9384 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9385 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9386
9387 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9388 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9389 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9390
9391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394
9395 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9396 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9397 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16138 682))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9399
9400 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9401 Not documented
9402
9403 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9404
9405 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9406 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9407 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9408 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9409 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9410 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9411 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9412 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9413 end of the current highlighting list.
9414
9415 For example:
9416
9417 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9418 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9419 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9420
9421 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9422 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9423
9424 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9425 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9426 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9427
9428 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9429 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9430 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9431
9432 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9433
9434 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9435 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9436
9437 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9438 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9439
9440 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9441 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9442 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9443
9444 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9445
9446 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9447 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9448
9449 \(fn)" t nil)
9450
9451 ;;;***
9452
9453 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941
9454 ;;;;;; 42961))
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9456
9457 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9458 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9459 \\<message-mode-map>
9460 key binding
9461 --- -------
9462
9463 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9464 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9465 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9466 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9467 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9468 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9469
9470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9471
9472 ;;;***
9473
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9475 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9477
9478 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9479 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9480
9481 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9482 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9483 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9484 C-c < forms-first-record <
9485 C-c > forms-last-record >
9486 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9487 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9488 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9489 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9490 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9491 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9492 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9493 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9494 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9495 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9496
9497 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9498
9499 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9500 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9501
9502 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9503
9504 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9505 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9506
9507 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9508
9509 ;;;***
9510
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9512 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9514
9515 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9516 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9517 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9518 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9519 with a character in column 6.")
9520
9521 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9522
9523 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9524 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9525 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9526
9527 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9528 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9529
9530 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9531
9532 Key definitions:
9533 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9534
9535 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9536
9537 `comment-start'
9538 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9539 `fortran-do-indent'
9540 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9541 `fortran-if-indent'
9542 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9543 `fortran-structure-indent'
9544 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9545 (default 3)
9546 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9547 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9548 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9549 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9550 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9551 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9552 nil don't change the indentation
9553 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9554 value of either
9555 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9556 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9557 depending on the continuation format in use.
9558 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9559 indentation for a line of code.
9560 (default 'fixed)
9561 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9562 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9563 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9565 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9566 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9567 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9568 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9569 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9570 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9571 column 5.
9572 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9573 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9574 statements (default nil).
9575 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9576 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9577 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9578 `fortran-continuation-string'
9579 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9580 line (default \"$\").
9581 `fortran-comment-region'
9582 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9583 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9584 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9585 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9586 as typed (default t).
9587 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9588 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9589
9590 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9591 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9592
9593 \(fn)" t nil)
9594
9595 ;;;***
9596
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9598 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9600
9601 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9602 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9603
9604 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9605 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9606
9607 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9610 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9611
9612 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9613 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9614
9615 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9616
9617 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9618 Compile fortune file.
9619
9620 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9621 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9622
9623 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9624
9625 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9626 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9627
9628 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9629 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9630 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9631 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9632
9633 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9634
9635 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9636 Display a fortune cookie.
9637
9638 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9639 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9640 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9641 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9642
9643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9644
9645 ;;;***
9646
9647 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9648 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671))
9649 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9650
9651 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9652 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9653 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9654 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9655 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9656 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9657 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9658 fringe).
9659 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9660 it take real effect.
9661 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9662 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9663 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9664
9665 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9666
9667 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9668 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9669 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9670 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9671 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9672 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9673 specified, the user is queried.
9674 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9675 future.
9676 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9677 see `set-fringe-style'.
9678
9679 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9680
9681 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9682 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9683 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9684 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9685 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9686 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9687 specified, the user is queried.
9688 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9689
9690 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9691
9692 ;;;***
9693
9694 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16167 21090))
9695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9696
9697 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9698 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9699 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9700 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9701
9702 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9703 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9704 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9705
9706 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9707 GDB Toolbar
9708 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9709 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9710 |
9711 |
9712 |
9713 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9714 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9715 | (comint-mode)
9716 |
9717 |
9718 |
9719 |
9720 |
9721 |
9722 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9723 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9724 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9725 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9726 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9727 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9728
9729 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9730 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9731 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9732 in the GUD buffer.
9733
9734 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9735 screen.
9736
9737 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9738 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9739 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9740
9741 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9742
9743 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9744 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9745 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9746 reset variables.
9747
9748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9749
9750 ;;;***
9751
9752 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9753 ;;;;;; (15188 557))
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9755
9756 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9757 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9758
9759 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9760 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9761
9762 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9763 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9764 function.
9765
9766 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9767 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9768 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9769 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9770 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9771 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9772
9773 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9774 Each keyword should be a string.
9775
9776 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9777 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9778
9779 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9780 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9781 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9782
9783 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9784
9785 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9786
9787 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9788
9789 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9790 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9791 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9792 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9793
9794 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9795 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9796
9797 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9798
9799 ;;;***
9800
9801 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9802 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
9803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9804
9805 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9806 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9807 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9808 at places they belong to.
9809
9810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9811
9812 ;;;***
9813
9814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9815 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960))
9816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9817
9818 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9819 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9820
9821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9824 Read network news.
9825 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9826 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9827 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9828 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9829 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9830
9831 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9834 Read news as a slave.
9835
9836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9839 Pop up a frame to read news.
9840
9841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9844 Read network news.
9845 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9846 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9847 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9848
9849 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9850
9851 ;;;***
9852
9853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9854 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9855 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
9856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9857
9858 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9859 Start Gnus unplugged.
9860
9861 \(fn)" t nil)
9862
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9864 Start Gnus plugged.
9865
9866 \(fn)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9869 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9870 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9871 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9872
9873 \(gnus-agentize)
9874
9875 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9876 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9877 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9878
9879 \(fn)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9882 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9883
9884 \(fn)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9887 Not documented
9888
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9890
9891 ;;;***
9892
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9894 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9896
9897 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9898 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9899
9900 \(fn)" nil nil)
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903
9904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9905 ;;;;;; (15186 43688))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9907
9908 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9909 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9910
9911 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9912
9913 ;;;***
9914
9915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9916 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941
9917 ;;;;;; 42960))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9919
9920 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9921 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9922
9923 Usage:
9924 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9925
9926 \(fn)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9929 Generate the cache active file.
9930
9931 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9934 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9935
9936 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939
9940 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9941 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9943
9944 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9945 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9946 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9947
9948 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9949
9950 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9951 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9952
9953 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9954
9955 ;;;***
9956
9957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9958 ;;;;;; (14813 33717))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9960
9961 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9962
9963 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9964 Run batched scoring.
9965 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9966
9967 \(fn)" t nil)
9968
9969 ;;;***
9970
9971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9972 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960))
9973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9974
9975 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9976 Not documented
9977
9978 \(fn)" nil nil)
9979
9980 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9981 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9982
9983 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9984
9985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9986
9987 ;;;***
9988
9989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9990 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9991 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9993
9994 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9995 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9996 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9997 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9998 group parameters.
9999
10000 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10001 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10002 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10003 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10004
10005 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10006 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10007 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10008 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10009 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10010 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10011 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10012 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10013 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10014 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10015
10016 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10019 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10020 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10021
10022 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10023 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10024
10025 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10026
10027 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10028 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10029 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10030
10031 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10032
10033 \(fn)" nil nil)
10034
10035 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10036 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10037 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10038
10039 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10040
10041 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10042 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10043 existing groups are considered.
10044
10045 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10046 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10047 returned.
10048
10049 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10050 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10051 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10052 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10053 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10054 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10055 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10056 clauses will be generated.
10057
10058 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10059 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10060 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10061 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10062 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10063 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10064
10065 For example, given the following group parameters:
10066
10067 nnml:mail.bar:
10068 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10069 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10070 nnml:mail.foo:
10071 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10072 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10073 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10074 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10075 nnml:mail.others:
10076 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10077
10078 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10079
10080 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10081 \"mail.bar\")
10082 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10083 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10084 \"mail.others\")
10085
10086 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10087
10088 ;;;***
10089
10090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (14792 28984))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10093
10094 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10095 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10096 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10097
10098 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10099
10100 ;;;***
10101
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941
10103 ;;;;;; 42960))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10105
10106 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10107 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10108 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10109 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10110
10111 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10112
10113 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10114
10115 ;;;***
10116
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10118 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10120
10121 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10122 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10123 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10124 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10125 part is ignored.
10126
10127 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10128 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10129 rather than using this function.
10130
10131 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10132
10133 ;;;***
10134
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (14792 28985))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10138
10139 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10140 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10141 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10142 for matching on group names.
10143
10144 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10145 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10146
10147 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10148
10149 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10150
10151 \(fn)" t nil)
10152
10153 ;;;***
10154
10155 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10156 ;;;;;; (14870 42286))
10157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10158
10159 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10160 Update the format specification near point.
10161
10162 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10163
10164 ;;;***
10165
10166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10167 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15678 51469))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10169
10170 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10171 Unload all Gnus features.
10172 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10173 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10174 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10175
10176 \(fn)" t nil)
10177
10178 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10179 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10180
10181 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10182
10183 ;;;***
10184
10185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10186 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10188
10189 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10190 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10191
10192 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10193
10194 ;;;***
10195
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16027 27252))
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10198
10199 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10200 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10201
10202 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10203 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10204 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10205
10206 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10207 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10208 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10209
10210 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10211 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10212
10213 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10214 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10215
10216 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10217
10218 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10219
10220 ;;;***
10221
10222 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10223 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831))
10224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10225
10226 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10227 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10228 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10229 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10230 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10231
10232 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10233
10234 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10235 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10236 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10237 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10238 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10239
10240 \(fn)" t nil)
10241
10242 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10243 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10244 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10245 or to send e-mail.
10246 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10247
10248 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10249 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10250
10251 \(fn)" t nil)
10252
10253 ;;;***
10254
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15289 33013))
10256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10257
10258 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10259 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10260 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10261 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10262 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10263
10264 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10265
10266 ;;;***
10267
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10269 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16165 36290))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10271
10272 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10273 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10274 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10275 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10276
10277 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10278
10279 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10280 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10281 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10282 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10283
10284 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10285
10286 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10287 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10288 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10289 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10290
10291 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10292
10293 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10294 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10295 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10296 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10297
10298 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10299 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10300
10301 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10302
10303 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10304 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10305 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10306 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10307
10308 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10309
10310 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10311 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10313 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10314
10315 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10316
10317 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10318 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10319 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10320 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10321 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10322
10323 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10324 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10325 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10326 original source file access method.
10327
10328 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10329 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10330
10331 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10334 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10336 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10337
10338 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10339 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10340
10341 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10342
10343 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10344 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10345
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10347
10348 ;;;***
10349
10350 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941
10351 ;;;;;; 42963))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10353
10354 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10355 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10356 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10357 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10358
10359 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10360 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10361 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10362 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10363
10364 \(fn)" t nil)
10365
10366 ;;;***
10367
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10369 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10371
10372 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10373 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10374
10375 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10378 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10379 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10380 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10381
10382 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10383
10384 \(fn)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10387 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10388 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10389 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10390 to be updated.
10391
10392 \(fn)" t nil)
10393
10394 ;;;***
10395
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10397 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10398 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10400
10401 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10402 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10403 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10404 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10405 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10406 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10407
10408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10409
10410 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10411 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10412 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10413 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10414 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10415 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10416
10417 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10418 is used instead of `load-path'.
10419
10420 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10421 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10422 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10423
10424 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10427 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10428
10429 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10430
10431 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10432 Not documented
10433
10434 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10435
10436 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10437 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10438 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10439
10440 \(fn)" nil nil)
10441
10442 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10443 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10444 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10445 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10446 it is displayed along with the global value.
10447
10448 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10451 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10452 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10453 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10454
10455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10456
10457 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10458 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10459 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10460
10461 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10462
10463 ;;;***
10464
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10466 ;;;;;; (15961 24150))
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10468
10469 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10470 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10471 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10472 and window listing and describing the options.
10473 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10474 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10475
10476 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10477
10478 ;;;***
10479
10480 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10481 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10482 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10484
10485 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10486 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10487 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10488 Commands:
10489 \\{help-mode-map}
10490
10491 \(fn)" t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10494 Not documented
10495
10496 \(fn)" nil nil)
10497
10498 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10499 Not documented
10500
10501 \(fn)" nil nil)
10502
10503 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10504 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10505
10506 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10507 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10508 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10509 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10510
10511 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10512 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10513 restore it properly when going back.
10514
10515 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10516
10517 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10518 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10519
10520 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10521 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10522 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10523 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10524 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10525
10526 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10527 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10528 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10529 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10530
10531 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10532 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10533 that.
10534
10535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10536
10537 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10538 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10539 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10540 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10541 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10542 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10543
10544 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10545
10546 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10547 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10548 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10549 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10550 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10551
10552 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10553
10554 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10555 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10556
10557 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10558
10559 ;;;***
10560
10561 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152))
10563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10564
10565 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10566 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10567
10568 \(fn)" t nil)
10569
10570 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10571 Provide help for current mode.
10572
10573 \(fn)" t nil)
10574
10575 ;;;***
10576
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10578 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746))
10579 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10580
10581 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10582 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10583 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10584 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10585 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10586
10587 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10588 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10589
10590 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10591 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10592 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10593 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10594
10595 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10596 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10597 periods.
10598
10599 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10600 in hexl format.
10601
10602 A sample format:
10603
10604 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10605 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10606 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10607 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10608 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10609 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10610 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10611 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10612 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10613 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10614 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10615 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10616 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10617 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10618 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10619
10620 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10621 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10622 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10623
10624 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10625 also supported.
10626
10627 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10628
10629 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10630 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10631 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10632
10633 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10634 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10635 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10636
10637 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10638 into the buffer at the current point.
10639
10640 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10641 into the buffer at the current point.
10642
10643 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10644 into the buffer at the current point.
10645
10646 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10647
10648 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10649 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10650
10651 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10652
10653 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10654
10655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10656
10657 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10658 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10659 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10660
10661 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10664 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10665 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10666
10667 \(fn)" t nil)
10668
10669 ;;;***
10670
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10672 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10673 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941
10674 ;;;;;; 42952))
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10676
10677 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10678 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10679
10680 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10681
10682 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10683 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10684
10685 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10686 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10687 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10688 which can be called interactively, are:
10689
10690 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10691 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10692
10693 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10694 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10695 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10696 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10697
10698 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10699 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10700
10701 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10702 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10703
10704 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10705 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10706 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10707 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10708 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10709 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10710
10711 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10712 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10713
10714 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10715 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10716 Hi-lock: FOO
10717 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10718 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10719 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10720 will be read until
10721 Hi-lock: end
10722 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10723
10724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10725
10726 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10727
10728 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10729 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10730
10731 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10732 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10733 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10734 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10735
10736 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10737
10738 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10739
10740 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10741 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10742
10743 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10744 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10745 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10746 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10747
10748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10749
10750 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10751
10752 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10753 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10754
10755 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10756 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10757
10758 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10759
10760 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10761
10762 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10763 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10764
10765 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10766 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10767 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10768 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10769 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10770
10771 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10774 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10775
10776 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10777 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10778 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10779
10780 \(fn)" t nil)
10781
10782 ;;;***
10783
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10785 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10787
10788 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10789 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10790 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10791 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10792 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10793 how the hiding is done:
10794
10795 `hide-ifdef-env'
10796 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10797 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10798 is used.
10799
10800 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10801 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10802 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10803 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10804 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10805
10806 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10807 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10808 #endif lines when hiding.
10809
10810 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10811 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10812 is activated.
10813
10814 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10815 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10816 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10817
10818 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10819
10820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10821
10822 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10823 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10824
10825 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10826
10827 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10828 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10829
10830 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10831
10832 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10833 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10834
10835 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10836
10837 ;;;***
10838
10839 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10840 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16162 11943))
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10842
10843 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10844 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10845
10846 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10847
10848 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10849 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10850 Each element has the form
10851 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10852
10853 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10854 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10855
10856 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10857 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10858
10859 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10860 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10861 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10862 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10863 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10864 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10865
10866 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10867 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10868
10869 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10870 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10871
10872 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10873 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10874 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10875
10876 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10877 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10878 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10879 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10880 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10881 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10882
10883 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10884 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10885 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10886
10887 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10888 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10889
10890 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10891
10892 Key bindings:
10893 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10894
10895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10896
10897 ;;;***
10898
10899 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10900 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10901 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10902 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10904
10905 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10906
10907 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10908 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10909 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10910
10911 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10912
10913 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10914 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10915
10916 Without an argument:
10917 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10918 or passive state as determined by the variable
10919 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10920 and passive state.
10921
10922 With an argument ARG:
10923 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10924 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10925 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10926
10927 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10928 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10929 not displayed in a different face.
10930
10931 Functions:
10932 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10933 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10934 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10935 buffer with the contents of a file
10936 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10937 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10938 various faces.
10939
10940 Hook variables:
10941 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10942 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10943 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10944
10945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10946
10947 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10948 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10949
10950 \(fn)" t nil)
10951
10952 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10953 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10954
10955 \(fn)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10958 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10959
10960 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10961 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10962 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10963 shown in the last face in the list.
10964
10965 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10966 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10967 buffer to be saved):
10968
10969 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10974 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10975
10976 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10977 and must not be read-only.
10978
10979 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10980 this function is called interactively.
10981
10982 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10983 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10984 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10985
10986 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10987 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10988 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10989
10990 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10991
10992 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10993 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10994
10995 When called interactively:
10996 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10997 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10998 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10999 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11000
11001 When called from a program:
11002 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11003 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11004 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11005 - otherwise just turn it on
11006
11007 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11008 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11009 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11010 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11011
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013
11014 ;;;***
11015
11016 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11017 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11018 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11019 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11020 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11022
11023 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11024 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11025 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11026 or insert functions in this list.")
11027
11028 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11029
11030 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11031 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11032
11033 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11034
11035 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11036 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11037
11038 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11039
11040 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11041 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11042
11043 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11044
11045 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11046 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11047
11048 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11049
11050 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11051 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11052 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11053
11054 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11055
11056 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11057 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11058 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11059 \(as atoms)")
11060
11061 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11062
11063 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11064 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11065 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11066 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11067 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11068
11069 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11070
11071 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11072 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11073 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11074 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11075 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11076 expansions.
11077 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11078 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11079 undoes the expansion.
11080
11081 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11082
11083 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11084 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11085 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11086 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11087
11088 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11089
11090 ;;;***
11091
11092 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11093 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11095
11096 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11097 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11098 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11099
11100 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11101 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11102 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11103 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11104 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11105
11106 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11107 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11108 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11109 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11110
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11112
11113 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11114 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11115 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11117 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11118
11119 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11120
11121 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11122 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11123 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11124
11125 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11126 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11127
11128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11129
11130 ;;;***
11131
11132 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11133 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11135
11136 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11137 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11138 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11139
11140 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11141
11142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11145 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11146
11147 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11148 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11149
11150 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11151
11152 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11153
11154 ;;;***
11155
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11157 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11159
11160 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11161 This function is obsolete.
11162 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11163 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11164
11165 \(fn)" nil nil)
11166
11167 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11168 This function is obsolete.
11169 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11170 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11171
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11175 This function is obsolete.
11176 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11177 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11178
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11180
11181 ;;;***
11182
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16136 53054))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11206
11207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11208 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11209 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11210
11211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11212
11213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11214 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11215
11216 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11217
11218 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11219 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11220
11221 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11222
11223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11224 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11225
11226 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11227
11228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11229 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11230
11231 \(fn)" t nil)
11232
11233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11234 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11235
11236 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11237
11238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11239 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11240
11241 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11242 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11243 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11244 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11245 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11246 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11247 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11248 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11253
11254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11255 Not documented
11256
11257 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11258
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11261
11262 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11265 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11266
11267 \(fn)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Remove the first filter group.
11271
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11276
11277 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Remove all filter groups.
11281
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11285 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11286
11287 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11290 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11291 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11292
11293 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11296 Kill the filter group at point.
11297 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11298
11299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11300
11301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11302 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11303
11304 \(fn)" t nil)
11305
11306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11307 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11308
11309 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11310
11311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11312 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11313 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11314 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11315
11316 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11319 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11320 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11321
11322 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11323
11324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11325 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11326 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11327 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11328 of replacing the current filters.
11329
11330 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11333 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11334
11335 \(fn)" t nil)
11336
11337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11338 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11339
11340 \(fn)" t nil)
11341
11342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11343 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11344
11345 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11346 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11347 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11348
11349 \(fn)" t nil)
11350
11351 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11352 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11353
11354 \(fn)" t nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11357 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11358
11359 \(fn)" t nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11362 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11363 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11364 filter into parts.
11365
11366 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11367
11368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11369 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11370 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11371
11372 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11373
11374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11375 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11376
11377 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11380 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11381
11382 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11383
11384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11385 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11386 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11387 of replacing the current filters.
11388
11389 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11390 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11391 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11392 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11393 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11398
11399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11400 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11401 Default sorting modes are:
11402 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11403 Name - the name of the buffer
11404 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11405 Size - the size of the buffer
11406
11407 \(fn)" t nil)
11408
11409 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11410 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11411
11412 \(fn)" t nil)
11413 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11414 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11415 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11416 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11417
11418 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11419 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11420
11421 \(fn)" t nil)
11422
11423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11424 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11425 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11426 for this Ibuffer session.
11427
11428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11431 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11432 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11433 for this Ibuffer session.
11434
11435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11436
11437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11438 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11439
11440 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11441 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11442
11443 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11444 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11445
11446 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11447
11448 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11449 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11450
11451 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11452 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11453
11454 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11455
11456 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11457 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11458
11459 \(fn)" t nil)
11460
11461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11462 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11463
11464 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11467 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11468 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11469
11470 \(fn)" t nil)
11471
11472 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11473 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11474
11475 The names are separated by a space.
11476 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11477
11478 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11479 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11480 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11481 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11482
11483 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11484
11485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11486
11487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11488 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11489
11490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11491
11492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11493 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11494
11495 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11496
11497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11498 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11499
11500 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11501
11502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11503 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11504
11505 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11506
11507 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11508 Mark all modified buffers.
11509
11510 \(fn)" t nil)
11511
11512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11513 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11514
11515 \(fn)" t nil)
11516
11517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11518 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11519
11520 \(fn)" t nil)
11521
11522 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11523 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11524
11525 \(fn)" t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11528 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11529
11530 \(fn)" t nil)
11531
11532 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11533 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11534
11535 \(fn)" t nil)
11536
11537 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11538 Mark all read-only buffers.
11539
11540 \(fn)" t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11543 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11544
11545 \(fn)" t nil)
11546
11547 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11548 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11549 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11550 defaults to one.
11551
11552 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11553
11554 ;;;***
11555
11556 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11557 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111
11558 ;;;;;; 41826))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11560
11561 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11562 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11563
11564 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11565 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11566 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11567
11568 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11569 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11570 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11571 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11572 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11573 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11574
11575 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11576 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11577 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11578 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11579 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11580
11581 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11582
11583 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11584 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11585 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11586 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11587 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11588
11589 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11590 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11591 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11592
11593 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11594
11595 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11596 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11597 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11598 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11599 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11600 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11601
11602 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11603 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11604 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11605 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11606 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11607 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11608 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11609 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11610 values are:
11611 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11612 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11613 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11614 buffer's modification flag.
11615 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11616 prompted before performing this operation.
11617 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11618 operation is complete, in the form:
11619 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11620 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11621 confirmation message, in the form:
11622 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11623 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11624 macro for exactly what it does.
11625
11626 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11627
11628 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11629 Define a filter named NAME.
11630 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11631 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11632 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11633
11634 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11635 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11636 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11637 bound to the current value of the filter.
11638
11639 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11640
11641 ;;;***
11642
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11644 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16136 53054))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11646
11647 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11648 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11649 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11650 buffers which are visiting a file.
11651
11652 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11653
11654 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11655 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11656 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11657 buffers which are visiting a file.
11658
11659 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11662 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11663 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11664
11665 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11666 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11667 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11668 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11669 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11670 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11671 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11672 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11673 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11674 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11675 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11676 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11677 locally in this buffer.
11678
11679 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11680
11681 ;;;***
11682
11683 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11684 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11686
11687 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11688 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11689 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11690
11691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11692
11693 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11694 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11695 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11696
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11698
11699 ;;;***
11700
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11703
11704 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11705 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11706 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11707 Tab indents for Icon code.
11708 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11709 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11710 \\{icon-mode-map}
11711 Variables controlling indentation style:
11712 icon-tab-always-indent
11713 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11714 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11715 icon-auto-newline
11716 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11717 inserted in Icon code.
11718 icon-indent-level
11719 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11720 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11721 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11722 icon-continued-statement-offset
11723 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11724 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11725 icon-continued-brace-offset
11726 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11727 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11728 icon-brace-offset
11729 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11730 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11731 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11732 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11733
11734 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11735 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11736
11737 \(fn)" t nil)
11738
11739 ;;;***
11740
11741 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11742 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11744
11745 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11746 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11747 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11748 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11749
11750 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11751 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11752 separate frames.
11753
11754 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11755 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11756
11757 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11758 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11759 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11760
11761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11762
11763 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11764
11765 ;;;***
11766
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (16162 11943))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11770
11771 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11772 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11773
11774 The main features of this mode are
11775
11776 1. Indentation and Formatting
11777 --------------------------
11778 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11779 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11780
11781 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11782 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11783 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11784 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11785
11786 Comments are indented as follows:
11787
11788 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11789 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11790 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11791
11792 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11793
11794 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11795 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11796 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11797 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11798 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11799 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11800 recommended).
11801
11802 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11803 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11804 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11805 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11806
11807 2. Routine Info
11808 ------------
11809 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11810 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11811 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11812 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11813 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11814 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11815 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11816 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11817
11818 3. Online IDL Help
11819 ---------------
11820 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11821 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11822 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11823 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11824 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11825
11826 4. Completion
11827 ----------
11828 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11829 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11830 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11831 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11832 mixed or upper case.
11833
11834 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11835 --------------------------------
11836 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11837 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11838
11839 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11840 \\fu FUNCTION template
11841 \\c CASE statement template
11842 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11843 \\f FOR loop template
11844 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11845 \\w WHILE loop template
11846 \\i IF statement template
11847 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11848 \\b BEGIN
11849
11850 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11851 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11852
11853 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11854 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11855 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11856
11857 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11858 -------------------------
11859 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11860 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11861
11862 7. Automatic END completion
11863 ------------------------
11864 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11865 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11866
11867 8. Hooks
11868 -----
11869 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11870 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11871
11872 9. Documentation and Customization
11873 -------------------------------
11874 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11875 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11876 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11877 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11878 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11879
11880 10.Keybindings
11881 -----------
11882 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11883 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11884 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11885
11886 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11887
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11889
11890 ;;;***
11891
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11893 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11894 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11895 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11896 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11897 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11898 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11899 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 5129))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11901
11902 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11903 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11904 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11905 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11906 displaying...)
11907 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11908 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11909 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11910
11911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11912 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11913
11914 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11915
11916 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11917 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11918 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11919 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11920 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11921 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11922 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11923 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11924 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11925
11926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11929 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11930 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11931 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11932 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11933 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11934 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11935
11936 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11937
11938 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11939 Switch to another buffer.
11940 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11941 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11942 in another frame.
11943
11944 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11945 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11946 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11947 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11948 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11949
11950 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11951 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11952
11953 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11954 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11955
11956 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11957 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11958 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11959 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11960 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11961 in a separate window.
11962 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11963 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11964 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11965 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11966 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11967 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11968 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11969 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11970 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11971
11972 \(fn)" t nil)
11973
11974 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11975 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11976 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11977 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11982 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11983 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11989 Kill a buffer.
11990 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11991 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11992
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11996 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11997 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11998 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11999
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12003 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12004 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12005 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12006
12007 \(fn)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12010 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12011
12012 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12015 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12016 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12017 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12018 visible in another frame.
12019
12020 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12021 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12022 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12023 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12024 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12025 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12026
12027 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12028 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12029
12030 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12031 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12032
12033 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12034 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12035 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12036 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12037 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12038 in a separate window.
12039 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12040 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12041 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12042 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12043 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12044 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12045 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12046 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12047 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12048 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12049 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12050 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12051 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12052 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12053 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12054
12055 \(fn)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12058 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12059 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12060 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12061
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12065 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12066 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12067 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12068
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12072 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12073 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12074 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12075
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12079 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12080 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12081 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12082
12083 \(fn)" t nil)
12084
12085 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12086 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12087 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12088 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12089
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12091
12092 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12093 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12094 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12095 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12096
12097 \(fn)" t nil)
12098
12099 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12100 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12101 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12102 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12103
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12105
12106 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12107 Write current buffer to a file.
12108 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12109 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12110
12111 \(fn)" t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12114 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12115 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12116 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12117
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12119
12120 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12121 Call dired the ido way.
12122 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12123 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12124
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12128 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12129 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12130
12131 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12132
12133 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12134 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12135 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12136
12137 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12143 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12144
12145 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12146 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12147 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12148
12149 \(fn)" t nil)
12150
12151 ;;;***
12152
12153 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12154 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12155 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12157
12158 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12159 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12160 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12161 be determined.
12162
12163 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12164
12165 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12166 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12167 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12168 be determined.
12169
12170 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12171
12172 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12173 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12174 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12175
12176 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12177
12178 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12179 Create an image.
12180 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12181 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12182 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12183 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12184 use its file extension as image type.
12185 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12186 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12187 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12188 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12189
12190 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12191
12192 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12193 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12194 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12195 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12196 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12197 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12198 POS may be an integer or marker.
12199 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12200 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12201 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12202 means display it in the right marginal area.
12203
12204 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12205
12206 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12207 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12208 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12209 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12210 defaulted if you omit it.
12211 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12212 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12213 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12214 means display it in the right marginal area.
12215
12216 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12217
12218 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12219 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12220 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12221 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12222
12223 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12226 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12227
12228 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12229
12230 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12231 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12232 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12233 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12234 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12235 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12236 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12237 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12238 satisfied.
12239
12240 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12241
12242 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12243
12244 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12245 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12246
12247 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12248 documentation string.
12249
12250 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12251 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12252 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12253 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12254 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12255 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12256 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12257 define SYMBOL.
12258
12259 Example:
12260
12261 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12262 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12263
12264 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12265
12266 ;;;***
12267
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12269 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12270 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12272
12273 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12274 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12275 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12276 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12277
12278 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12279 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12280 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12281 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12282
12283 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12284
12285 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12286 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12287 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12288 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12289
12290 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12291 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12292 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12293 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12294
12295 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12296
12297 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12298 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12299
12300 \(fn)" nil nil)
12301
12302 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12303 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12304 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12305 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12306
12307 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12308
12309 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12310 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12311 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12313 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12314
12315 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12316
12317 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12318 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12319 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12320 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12321
12322 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12323 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12324 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12325
12326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12327
12328 ;;;***
12329
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12331 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16072 11522))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12333
12334 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12335 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12336
12337 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12338
12339 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12340 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12341 in the buffer.
12342
12343 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12344
12345 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12346 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12347 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12348
12349 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12350
12351 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12352 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12353
12354 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12355 to create a buffer index.
12356
12357 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12358 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12359 or like this:
12360 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12361 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12362 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12363 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12364 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12365
12366 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12367 entries are not nested.
12368
12369 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12370 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12371 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12372 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12373
12374 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12375 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12376
12377 The variable is buffer-local.
12378
12379 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12380 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12381 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12382
12383 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12384 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12385 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12386 during matching.")
12387
12388 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12389
12390 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12391 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12392
12393 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12394 of the current buffer as an alist.
12395
12396 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12397 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12398 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12399 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12400 if it is a sub-alist.
12401
12402 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12403
12404 The variable is buffer-local.")
12405
12406 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12407
12408 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12409 Function for finding the next index position.
12410
12411 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12412 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12413 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12414 file.
12415
12416 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12417 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12418
12419 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12420
12421 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12422
12423 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12424 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12425
12426 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12427 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12428 It should return the name for that index item.
12429
12430 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12431
12432 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12433
12434 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12435 Function to compare string with index item.
12436
12437 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12438 non-nil if they match.
12439
12440 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12441 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12442 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12443 arguments match\".
12444
12445 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12446
12447 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12448
12449 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12450 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12451 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12452
12453 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12454
12455 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12456
12457 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12458
12459 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12460 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12461 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12462 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12463
12464 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12465
12466 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12467 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12468
12469 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12470
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12474 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12475 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12476 for more information.
12477
12478 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12479
12480 ;;;***
12481
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12483 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12484 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16118 44435))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12486
12487 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12488 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12489
12490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12491
12492 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12493 Not documented
12494
12495 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12496
12497 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12498 Not documented
12499
12500 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12503 Not documented
12504
12505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12508 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12509 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12510 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12511 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12512
12513 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12514
12515 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12516 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12517 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12518 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12519 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12520
12521 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12522
12523 ;;;***
12524
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12526 ;;;;;; (15678 51473))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12528
12529 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12530 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12531 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12532 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12533 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12534
12535 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12536 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12537
12538 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12539 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12540 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12541 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12542 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12543 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12544 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12545 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12546
12547 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12548 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12549 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12550 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12551 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12552
12553 This variable is only used if the variable
12554 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12555
12556 More precise choices:
12557 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12558 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12559 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12560
12561 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12562
12563 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12564 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12565
12566 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12567 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12568 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12569 to that buffer.
12570 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12571 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12572 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12574
12575 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12576 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12577
12578 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12579
12580 ;;;***
12581
12582 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12583 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12584 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12585 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12587
12588 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12589 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12590
12591 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12592 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12593
12594 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12595 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12596 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12597 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12598 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12599 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12600
12601 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12602 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12603
12604 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12605 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12606 in all the directories in that path.
12607
12608 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12609
12610 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12611 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12612
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12614
12615 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12616 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12617 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12618 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12619
12620 \(fn)" nil nil)
12621
12622 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12623 Go to the Info directory node.
12624
12625 \(fn)" t nil)
12626
12627 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12628 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12629 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12630 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12631 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12632 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12633 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12634 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12635 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12636
12637 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12638
12639 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12640 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12641 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12642 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12643 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12644 or string.
12645
12646 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12647
12648 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12649 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12650 KEY is a string.
12651 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12652 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12653 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12654 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12655
12656 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12657
12658 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12659 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12660 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12661
12662 \(fn)" t nil)
12663
12664 ;;;***
12665
12666 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12667 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12668 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12670
12671 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12672 Throw away all cached data.
12673 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12674 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12675 system.
12676
12677 \(fn)" t nil)
12678
12679 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12680 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12681 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12682 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12683 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12684 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12685
12686 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12687
12688 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12689
12690 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12691 Display the documentation of a file.
12692 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12693 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12694 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12695 The default file name is the one found at point.
12696
12697 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12698
12699 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12700
12701 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12702 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12703
12704 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12705
12706 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12707 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12708
12709 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12710
12711 ;;;***
12712
12713 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12714 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15952 18239))
12715 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12716
12717 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12718 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12719
12720 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12721
12722 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12723 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12724 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12725
12726 \(fn)" t nil)
12727
12728 ;;;***
12729
12730 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12731 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12733
12734 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12735 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12736
12737 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12740 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12741 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12742
12743 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12744 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12745 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12746
12747 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12748 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12749 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12750 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12751
12752 \(fn)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12755 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12756 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12757
12758 \(fn)" t nil)
12759
12760 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12761 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12762 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12763 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12764 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12765
12766 \(fn)" nil nil)
12767
12768 ;;;***
12769
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12771 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12772 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12774
12775 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12776 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12777
12778 \(fn)" t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12781 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12782
12783 \(fn)" t nil)
12784
12785 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12786 Not documented
12787
12788 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12789
12790 ;;;***
12791
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12793 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12795
12796 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12797 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12798 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12799 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12800 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12801 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12802
12803 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12804 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12805
12806 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12807 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12808 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12809 \"s gives German sharp s.
12810 /a gives a with ring.
12811 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12812 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12813 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12814 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12815
12816 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12817 and a negative argument disables it.
12818
12819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12820
12821 ;;;***
12822
12823 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12824 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12825 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12826 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961))
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12828
12829 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12830 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12831 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12833
12834 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12835
12836 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12837 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12840
12841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12842
12843 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12844 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12847
12848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12849
12850 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12851 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12854
12855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12858 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12861
12862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12865 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12868
12869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12875
12876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12877
12878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12880 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12882
12883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12884
12885 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12886 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12889
12890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12891
12892 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12893 Warn that format is read-only.
12894
12895 \(fn)" t nil)
12896
12897 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12898 Warn that format is write-only.
12899
12900 \(fn)" t nil)
12901
12902 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12903 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12904
12905 \(fn)" t nil)
12906
12907 ;;;***
12908
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12910 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12912 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12913 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12914 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12915
12916 ;;;***
12917
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12919 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12920 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12921 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12922 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12923 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16174 61085))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12925
12926 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12927 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12928 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12929 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12930
12931 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12932
12933 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12934 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12935
12936 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12937
12938 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12939 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12940 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12941 and then re-start emacs.")
12942
12943 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12944
12945 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12946
12947 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12948
12949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12950
12951 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12952
12953 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12954
12955 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12956
12957 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12958 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12959
12960 Each element of this list is also a list:
12961
12962 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12963 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12964
12965 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12966 nil means the default dictionary.
12967
12968 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12969 word.
12970
12971 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12972
12973 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12974 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12975 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12976 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12977 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12978 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12979 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12980 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12981 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12982
12983 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12984 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12985 single word.
12986
12987 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12988 subprocess.
12989
12990 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12991 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12992 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12993 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12994 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12995 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12996 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12997 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12998
12999 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13000
13001 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13002 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13003 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13004
13005 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13006
13007 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13008 Key map for ispell menu.")
13009
13010 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13011 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13012 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13013 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13014
13015 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13016
13017 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13018
13019 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13020
13021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13022
13023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13024
13025 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13026 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13027 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13028 Valid forms include:
13029 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13030 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13031 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13032 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13033
13034 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13035 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13036 First list is used raw.
13037 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13038
13039 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13040 for skipping in latex mode.")
13041
13042 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13043 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13044 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13045 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13046 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13047 >]\").")
13048 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13049
13050 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13051 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13052 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13053 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13054
13055 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13056 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13057 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13058 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13059 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13060
13061 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13062 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13063
13064 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13065
13066 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13067 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13068
13069 return values:
13070 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13071 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13072 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13073 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13074 quit spell session exited.
13075
13076 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13077
13078 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13079 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13080 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13081
13082 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13083
13084 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13085 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13086
13087 Selections are:
13088
13089 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13090 SPC: Accept word this time.
13091 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13092 `a': Accept word for this session.
13093 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13094 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13095 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13096 `?': Show these commands.
13097 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13098 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13099 the aborted check to be completed later.
13100 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13101 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13102 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13103 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13104 `C-l': redraws screen
13105 `C-r': recursive edit
13106 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13107
13108 \(fn)" nil nil)
13109
13110 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13111 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13112 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13113
13114 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13115
13116 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13117 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13118 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13119
13120 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13121
13122 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13123
13124 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13127 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13128 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13129 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13130
13131 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13132
13133 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13134 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13135
13136 \(fn)" t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13139 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13140
13141 \(fn)" t nil)
13142
13143 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13144 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13145
13146 \(fn)" t nil)
13147
13148 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13149 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13150 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13151 sequence inside of a word.
13152
13153 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13154
13155 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13158 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13159
13160 \(fn)" t nil)
13161
13162 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13163 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13164 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13165 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13166
13167 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13168 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13169 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13170 available on the net.
13171
13172 \(fn)" t nil)
13173
13174 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13175 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13176 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13177
13178 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13179 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13180
13181 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13182 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13183
13184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13187 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13188 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13189 Don't check included messages.
13190
13191 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13192 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13193 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13194
13195 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13196 in your .emacs file:
13197 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13198 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13199 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13200 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13201
13202 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13203 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13204 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13205
13206 \(fn)" t nil)
13207
13208 ;;;***
13209
13210 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13211 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13212 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788))
13213 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13214
13215 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13216 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13217 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13218 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13219 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13220 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13221
13222 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13223
13224 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13225 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13226 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13227 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13228
13229 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13230
13231 \(fn)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13234 Switch to another buffer.
13235
13236 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13237 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13238 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13239 in another frame.
13240 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13241
13242 \(fn)" t nil)
13243
13244 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13245 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13246 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13247 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13248
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13252 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13253 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13254 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13255
13256 \(fn)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13259 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13260 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13261 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13262
13263 \(fn)" t nil)
13264
13265 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13266 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13267 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13269 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13270
13271 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13272
13273 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13274 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13275 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13276 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13277 `iswitchb' for details.
13278
13279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13280
13281 ;;;***
13282
13283 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13284 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13285 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13286 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16118 44435))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13288
13289 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13290 Not documented
13291
13292 \(fn)" nil nil)
13293
13294 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13295 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13298 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13299 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13300 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13301 necessary to represent OBJ.
13302
13303 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13304
13305 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13306 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13307 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13308 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13309
13310 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13311
13312 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13313 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13316 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13317
13318 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13319
13320 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13321 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13322 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13323 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13324
13325 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13326
13327 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13328 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13329 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13330 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13331
13332 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13333
13334 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13335 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13336
13337 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13338
13339 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13340 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13341 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13342 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13343 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13344
13345 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13346
13347 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13348 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13349 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13350 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13351 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13352
13353 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13354
13355 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13356 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13357 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13358
13359 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13360
13361 ;;;***
13362
13363 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941
13364 ;;;;;; 42953))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13366
13367 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13368 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13369 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13370 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13371 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13372
13373 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13374
13375 ;;;***
13376
13377 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13378 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826))
13379 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13380
13381 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13382 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13383 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13385 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13386
13387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13388
13389 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13390 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13391 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13392 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13393
13394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13395
13396 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13397 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13398
13399 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13400
13401 ;;;***
13402
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13404 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13405 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
13406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13407
13408 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13409 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13410 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13411 decimal key must be specified.")
13412
13413 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13414
13415 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13416 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13417 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13418 decimal key must be specified.")
13419
13420 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13421
13422 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13423 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13425 decimal key must be specified.")
13426
13427 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13428
13429 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13430 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13432 decimal key must be specified.")
13433
13434 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13435
13436 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13437 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13438 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13439 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13440 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13441 keys are bound.
13442
13443 Setup Binding
13444 -------------------------------------------------------------
13445 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13446 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13447 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13448 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13449 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13450 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13451 in the global and local keymaps.
13452
13453 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13454 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13455
13456 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13457
13458 ;;;***
13459
13460 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13461 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13463
13464 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13465 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13466 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13467
13468 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13469 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13470 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13471 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13472 shorter.
13473
13474 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13475 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13476 the context of text formatting.
13477
13478 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13479
13480 ;;;***
13481
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16153
13483 ;;;;;; 36586))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13485
13486 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13487 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13488 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13489 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13490 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13491 positions that contains the current selection.")
13492
13493 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13494 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13495 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13496 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13497 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13498 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13499 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13500
13501 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13502
13503 ;;;***
13504
13505 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13506 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13507 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13508 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16016 56429))
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13510 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13511 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13512 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13513 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13514 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13515 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13516 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13517
13518 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13519 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13520 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13521 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13522 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13523 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13524 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13525
13526 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13527 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13528 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13529
13530 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13531 defining the macro.
13532
13533 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13534 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13535 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13536
13537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13538
13539 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13540 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13541 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13542 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13543 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13544 under that name.
13545
13546 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13547 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13548 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13549
13550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13551
13552 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13553 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13554 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13555
13556 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13557 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13558 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13559 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13560
13561 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13562 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13563
13564 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13567 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13568 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13569
13570 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13571 macro.
13572
13573 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13574 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13575
13576 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13577 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13578 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13579
13580 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13581 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13582
13583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13584
13585 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13586 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13587 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13588 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13589
13590 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13591
13592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13593 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13595 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13596
13597 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13598 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13599
13600 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13601
13602 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13603 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13604 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13605
13606 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13607
13608 ;;;***
13609
13610 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13611 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16118 44435))
13612 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13613
13614 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13615 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13616 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13617
13618 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13619 Not documented
13620
13621 \(fn)" nil nil)
13622
13623 ;;;***
13624
13625 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13626 ;;;;;; (15924 18775))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13628
13629 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13630
13631 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13632 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13633
13634 \(fn)" t nil)
13635
13636 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13637
13638 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13639 Start or resume an Lm game.
13640 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13641 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13642
13643 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13644 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13645 none / 1 | yes | no
13646 2 | yes | yes
13647 3 | no | yes
13648 4 | no | no
13649
13650 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13651 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13652 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13653
13654 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13655
13656 ;;;***
13657
13658 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13659 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13660 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16118
13661 ;;;;;; 44435))
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13663
13664 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13665 Not documented
13666
13667 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13668
13669 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13670 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13671 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13672 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13673 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13674 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13675
13676 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13677 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13678
13679 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13680
13681 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13682 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13683
13684 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13687 Not documented
13688
13689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13690
13691 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13692 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13693 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13694 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13695 to compose.
13696
13697 The return value is number of composed characters.
13698
13699 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13700
13701 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13702 Not documented
13703
13704 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13705
13706 ;;;***
13707
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13709 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13711
13712 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13713 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13714 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13715 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13716 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13717 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13718 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13719 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13720
13721 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13722 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13723
13724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13725 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13726
13727 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13728
13729 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13730 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13731 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13732 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13733 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13734 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13735 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13736 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13737
13738 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13739
13740 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13741 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13742 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13743 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13744
13745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13746 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13747
13748 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13749
13750 ;;;***
13751
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13753 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13755
13756 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13757 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13758 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13759 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13760
13761 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13762
13763 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13764 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13765 JIT Lock's favor.
13766
13767 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13768
13769 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13770 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13771 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13772 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13773 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13774 for large buffers.
13775
13776 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13777 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13778 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13779 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13780 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13781
13782 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13783 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13784 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13785 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13786 slow to keep up with your typing.
13787
13788 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13789 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13790 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13791 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13792 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13793 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13794
13795 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13796 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13797 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13798 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13799
13800 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13801 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13802 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13803 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13804
13805 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13806 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13807 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13808 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13809 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13810
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13814 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13815
13816 \(fn)" nil nil)
13817
13818 ;;;***
13819
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13821 ;;;;;; (15186 43677))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13823
13824 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13825 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13826
13827 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13828 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13829
13830 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13831 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13832
13833 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13834 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13835 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13836 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13837 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13838 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13839 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13840 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13841 and transmit saved text.
13842 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13843 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13844 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13845
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13849 Not documented
13850
13851 \(fn)" nil nil)
13852
13853 ;;;***
13854
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963))
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13857
13858 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13859 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13860 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13861 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13862 generations (this defaults to 1).
13863
13864 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13865
13866 ;;;***
13867
13868 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781
13869 ;;;;;; 48896))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13871
13872 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13873 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13874 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13875 is nil, raise an error.
13876
13877 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13882 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13884
13885 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13886 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13887 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13888
13889 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13890
13891 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13892 Run the locate command with a filter.
13893
13894 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13895 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13896
13897 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13898
13899 ;;;***
13900
13901 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13903
13904 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13905 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13906 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13907 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13908 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13909 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13910 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13911 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13912 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13913 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13914 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13915 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13916 uses the current buffer.
13917
13918 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13919
13920 ;;;***
13921
13922 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070
13923 ;;;;;; 35806))
13924 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13925
13926 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13927 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13928
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13930
13931 ;;;***
13932
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13934 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16174
13935 ;;;;;; 61085))
13936 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13937
13938 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13939
13940 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13941
13942 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13943 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13944 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13945
13946 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13947 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13948
13949 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13950 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13951 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13952 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13953 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13954 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13955 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13956
13957 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13958
13959 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13960 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13961 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13962 switch on this list.
13963 See `lpr-command'.")
13964
13965 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13966
13967 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13968 *Name of program for printing a file.
13969
13970 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13971 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13972 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13973 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13974 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13975 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13976 argument.")
13977
13978 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13979
13980 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13981 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13982 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13983 for customization of the printer command.
13984
13985 \(fn)" t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13988 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13989
13990 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13991 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13992 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13993 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13994
13995 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13996 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13997
13998 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13999 for further customization of the printer command.
14000
14001 \(fn)" t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14004 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14005 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14006 for customization of the printer command.
14007
14008 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14009
14010 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14011 Paginate and print the region contents.
14012
14013 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14014 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14015 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14016 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14017
14018 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14019 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14020
14021 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14022 for further customization of the printer command.
14023
14024 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14025
14026 ;;;***
14027
14028 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14029 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14031
14032 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14033 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14034 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14035
14036 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14037
14038 ;;;***
14039
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16174
14041 ;;;;;; 61085))
14042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14043
14044 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14045 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14046 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14047
14048 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14049
14050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14051
14052 ;;;***
14053
14054 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941
14055 ;;;;;; 42965))
14056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14057
14058 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14059 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14060 \\{m4-mode-map}
14061
14062 \(fn)" t nil)
14063
14064 ;;;***
14065
14066 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14067 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16162 11942))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14069
14070 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14071 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14072 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14073 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14074 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14075
14076 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14079 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14080 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14081 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14082
14083 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14084 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14085 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14086 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14087 bindings.
14088
14089 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14090 use this command, and then save the file.
14091
14092 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14093
14094 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14095 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14096 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14097 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14098 each time the macro executes.
14099 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14100 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14101 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14102 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14103 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14104 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14105 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14106
14107 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14108
14109 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14110 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14111 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14112
14113 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14114 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14115 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14116 execute.
14117
14118 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14119 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14120
14121 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14122 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14123 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14124 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14125 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14126
14127 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14128 looked like this:
14129
14130 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14131 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14132 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14133
14134 You could enter the names in this format:
14135
14136 foo
14137 bar
14138 baz
14139
14140 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14141
14142 \\C-x (
14143 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14144 \\C-x )
14145
14146 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14147 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14148
14149 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14150 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14151
14152 ;;;***
14153
14154 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14155 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831))
14156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14157
14158 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14159 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14160 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14161 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14162 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14163
14164 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14165 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14166 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14167 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14168 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14169
14170 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14171 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14172 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14173 consing a string.)
14174
14175 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14176
14177 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14178 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14179
14180 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14181
14182 ;;;***
14183
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14185 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14186 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14188
14189 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14190 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14191
14192 \(fn)" nil nil)
14193
14194 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14195 Not documented
14196
14197 \(fn)" nil nil)
14198
14199 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14200 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14201
14202 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14203
14204 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14205 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14206 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14207 message.
14208
14209 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14210
14211 \(fn)" nil nil)
14212
14213 ;;;***
14214
14215 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14216 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14217 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941
14218 ;;;;;; 42961))
14219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14220
14221 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14222 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14223 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14224 often correct parser.")
14225
14226 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14227
14228 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14229 Not documented
14230
14231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14232
14233 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14234 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14235 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14236 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14237
14238 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14241 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14242 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14243 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14244
14245 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14246
14247 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14248 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14249 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14250 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14251
14252 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14253
14254 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14255 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14256 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14257 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14258 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14259 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14260
14261 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14262
14263 ;;;***
14264
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14266 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14268
14269 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14270 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14271
14272 \(fn)" nil nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14275 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14276 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14277
14278 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14279
14280 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14281 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14282 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14283
14284 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14285
14286 ;;;***
14287
14288 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14289 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16066
14290 ;;;;;; 53440))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14292
14293 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14294 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14295 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14296 king@grassland.com
14297 If `parens', they look like:
14298 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14299 If `angles', they look like:
14300 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14301
14302 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14303
14304 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14305 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14306 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14307 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14308 their `Resent-' variants.
14309
14310 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14311 removed from alias expansions.
14312
14313 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14314
14315 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14316 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14317 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14318
14319 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14320 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14321 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14322 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14323
14324 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14325
14326 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14327 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14328 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14329 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14330
14331 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14332
14333 ;;;***
14334
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14336 ;;;;;; (15997 672))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14338
14339 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14340 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14341 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14342
14343 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14344
14345 In the browser, use the following keys:
14346
14347 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14348
14349 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14350
14351 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14352 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14353
14354 `makefile-target-colon':
14355 The string that gets appended to all target names
14356 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14357 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14358
14359 `makefile-macro-assign':
14360 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14361 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14362 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14363 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14364 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14365 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14366
14367 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14368 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14369 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14370
14371 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14372 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14373
14374 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14375 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14376 up or down in the browser.
14377
14378 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14379 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14380
14381 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14382 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14383
14384 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14385 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14386 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14387 has been selected in the browser.
14388
14389 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14390 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14391 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14392 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14393 filenames are omitted.
14394
14395 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14396 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14397 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14398 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14399 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14400 the backslash itself intact.
14401 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14402 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14403
14404 `makefile-browser-hook':
14405 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14406 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14407
14408 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14409 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14410 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14411 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14412
14413 \(fn)" t nil)
14414
14415 ;;;***
14416
14417 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14418 ;;;;;; 28917))
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14420
14421 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14422 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14423 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14424
14425 \(fn)" t nil)
14426
14427 ;;;***
14428
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632))
14430 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14431
14432 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14433
14434 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14435 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14436 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14437 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14438 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14439 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14440 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14441
14442 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14443 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14444 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14445 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14446
14447 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14448
14449 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14450 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14451
14452 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14453
14454 ;;;***
14455
14456 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14458
14459 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14460 Toggle Master mode.
14461 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14462 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14463 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14464
14465 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14466 following commands:
14467
14468 \\{master-mode-map}
14469
14470 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14471 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14472 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14473
14474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14475
14476 ;;;***
14477
14478 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16162
14479 ;;;;;; 11942))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14481
14482 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14483
14484 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14485 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14486 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14488 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14489
14490 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14491
14492 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14493 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14494 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14495 created in the future.
14496 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14497 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14498
14499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14500
14501 ;;;***
14502
14503 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14504 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14505 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14506 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14507 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14508 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14509 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14510 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14511 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14512 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14514
14515 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14516 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14517
14518 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14519 king@grassland.com
14520 If `parens', they look like:
14521 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14522 If `angles', they look like:
14523 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14524
14525 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14526 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14527
14528 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14529
14530 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14531 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14532
14533 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14534
14535 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14536 *Local news organization file.")
14537
14538 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14539
14540 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14541 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14542 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14543 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14544
14545 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14546 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14547 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14548
14549 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14550
14551 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14552
14553 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14554 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14555
14556 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14557
14558 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14559 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14560
14561 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14562
14563 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14564 *Function for citing an original message.
14565 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14566 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14567 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14568
14569 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14570
14571 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14572 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14573 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14574 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14575 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14576
14577 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14578
14579 (defvar message-signature t "\
14580 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14581 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14582 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14583 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14584
14585 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14586
14587 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14588 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14589 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14590 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14591
14592 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14593
14594 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14595
14596 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14597 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14598 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14599 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14600 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14601 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14602 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14603 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14604 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14605 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14606 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14607 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14608 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14609 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14610 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14611 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14612 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14613 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14614 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14615 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14616 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14617 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14618 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14619 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14620 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14621
14622 \(fn)" t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14625 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14626 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14627
14628 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14631 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14632
14633 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14636 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14637
14638 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14641 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14642
14643 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14644
14645 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14646 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14647 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14648
14649 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14650
14651 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14652 Cancel an article you posted.
14653 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14654
14655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14658 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14659 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14660 header line with the old Message-ID.
14661
14662 \(fn)" t nil)
14663
14664 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14665 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14666
14667 \(fn)" t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14670 Forward the current message via mail.
14671 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14672 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14673
14674 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14675
14676 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14677 Not documented
14678
14679 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14680
14681 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14682 Not documented
14683
14684 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14685
14686 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14687 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14688
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14692 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14693
14694 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14695
14696 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14697 Re-mail the current message.
14698 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14699 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14700 you.
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14705 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14706
14707 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14708
14709 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14710 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14711
14712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14713
14714 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14715 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14716
14717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14718
14719 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14720 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14721
14722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14725 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14726 Works by overstriking characters.
14727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14728 which specify the range to operate on.
14729
14730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14733 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14734 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14735 which specify the range to operate on.
14736
14737 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14738
14739 ;;;***
14740
14741 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14742 ;;;;;; (15961 24155))
14743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14744
14745 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14746 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14747 Special commands:
14748 \\{meta-mode-map}
14749
14750 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14751 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14752
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14756 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14757 Special commands:
14758 \\{meta-mode-map}
14759
14760 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14761 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14762
14763 \(fn)" t nil)
14764
14765 ;;;***
14766
14767 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14768 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14769 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14771
14772 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14773 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14774 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14779 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14780 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14781 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14782 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14783 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14784 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14785
14786 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14787
14788 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14789 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14790 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14791 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14792 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14793 means current).
14794 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14795 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14796
14797 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14800 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14801 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14802 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14803 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14804 means current).
14805 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14806 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14807
14808 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14809
14810 ;;;***
14811
14812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14813 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054
14814 ;;;;;; 60750))
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14816
14817 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14818 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14819 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14820 to the MH mail system.
14821
14822 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14827 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14828 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14829 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14830 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14831 that want to create a mail buffer.
14832 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14833 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14834 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14835
14836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14837
14838 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14839 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14840 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14841
14842 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14843 initial Subject field, respectively.
14844
14845 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14846 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14847 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14848
14849 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14850
14851 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14852
14853 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14854 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14855 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14856 to the MH mail system.
14857
14858 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14859
14860 \(fn)" t nil)
14861
14862 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14863 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14864
14865 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14866 using the MH mail handling system.
14867
14868 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14869 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14870 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14871 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14872 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14873 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14874 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14875
14876 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14877 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14878
14879 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14880 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14881
14882 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14883
14884 \(fn)" t nil)
14885 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14886
14887 ;;;***
14888
14889 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14890 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14892
14893 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14894 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14895 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14896 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14897
14898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14899
14900 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14901 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14902 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14903 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14904
14905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14906
14907 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14908 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14909
14910 \(fn)" t nil)
14911
14912 ;;;***
14913
14914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750))
14915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14916
14917 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14918
14919 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14920
14921 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14922
14923 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14924
14925 ;;;***
14926
14927 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14928 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 43679))
14929 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14930
14931 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14932 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14933 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14934 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14935 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14936 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14937 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14938 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14939 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14940 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14941 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14942
14943 \(fn)" t nil)
14944
14945 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14946 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14947 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14948 to its second argument TM.
14949
14950 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14951
14952 ;;;***
14953
14954 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14955 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956))
14956 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14957
14958 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14959 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14960 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14962 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14963
14964 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14965
14966 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14967 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14968 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14969 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14970 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14971 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14972 default indication.
14973
14974 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14975 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14976
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14978
14979 ;;;***
14980
14981 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14982 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14984
14985 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14986 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14987 \\{mixal-mode-map}
14988
14989 \(fn)" t nil)
14990
14991 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14992
14993 ;;;***
14994
14995 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14996 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (16118 44435))
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
14998
14999 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15000 Not documented
15001
15002 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15003
15004 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15005 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15006 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15007 PATTERN regexp.
15008
15009 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15010
15011 ;;;***
15012
15013 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15014 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15016
15017 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15018 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15019 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15020 the entire message.
15021 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15022
15023 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15024
15025 ;;;***
15026
15027 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15028 ;;;;;; (15961 24153))
15029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15030
15031 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15032 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15033
15034 \(fn)" nil nil)
15035
15036 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15037 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15038
15039 \(fn)" nil nil)
15040
15041 ;;;***
15042
15043 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15044 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15046
15047 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15048 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15049 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15050 followed by the first character of the construct.
15051 \\<m2-mode-map>
15052 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15053 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15054 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15055 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15056 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15057 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15058 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15059 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15060 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15061 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15062 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15063 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15064 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15065 \\[m2-link] link
15066
15067 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15068 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15069 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15070
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15072
15073 ;;;***
15074
15075 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15076 ;;;;;; (15856 53275))
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15078
15079 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15080 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15081
15082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15083
15084 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15085 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15086
15087 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15088
15089 ;;;***
15090
15091 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16162
15092 ;;;;;; 11942))
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15094
15095 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15096 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15097 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15099 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15100
15101 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15102
15103 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15104 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15105 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15106 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15107
15108 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15109
15110 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15111
15112 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15113
15114 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15115 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15116 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15117 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15118 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15119 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15120
15121 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15122 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15123 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15124 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15125 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15126
15127 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15128 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15129
15130 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15131 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15132
15133 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15134
15135 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15136 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15137 primary selection and region.
15138
15139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15140
15141 ;;;***
15142
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16066 53440))
15144 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15145
15146 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15147 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15148
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15150
15151 ;;;***
15152
15153 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15155
15156 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15157 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15158 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15160 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15161
15162 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15163
15164 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15165 Toggle Msb mode.
15166 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15167 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15168 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15169
15170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15171
15172 ;;;***
15173
15174 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15175 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15176 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15177 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15178 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15179 ;;;;;; (16174 63062))
15180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15181
15182 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15183 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15184 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15185 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15186 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15187 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15188 set of ISO charsets.
15189
15190 Each element has the following format:
15191 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15192
15193 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15194
15195 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15196 CHARSET are mapped.
15197
15198 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15199 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15200 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15201 character code in CHARSET.
15202
15203 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15204 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15205 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15206 or
15207 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15208 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15209 TO2, or...
15210 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15211 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15212
15213 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15214 Display a list of all character sets.
15215
15216 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15217 internal Emacs use.
15218
15219 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15220 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15221 hexadecimal digits.
15222 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15223 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15224
15225 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15226 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15227 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15228 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15229
15230 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15231 but still shows the full information.
15232
15233 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15234
15235 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15236 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15237 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15238 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15239 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15240
15241 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15242 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15243 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15244 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15245 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15246
15247 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15248
15249 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15250 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15251 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15252 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15253 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15254
15255 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15256
15257 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15258 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15259
15260 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15261
15262 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15263 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15264
15265 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15268 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15269
15270 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15271 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15272 in place of `..':
15273 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15274 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15275 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15276 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15277 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15278 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15279 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15280 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15281 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15282 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15283 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15284 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15285 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15286 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15287 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15288 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15289
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15293 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15294
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15296
15297 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15298 Display a list of all coding systems.
15299 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15300
15301 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15302 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15303
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15307 Display a list of all coding categories.
15308
15309 \(fn)" nil nil)
15310
15311 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15312 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15313
15314 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15317 Display information about FONTSET.
15318 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15319
15320 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15323 Display a list of all fontsets.
15324 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15325 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15326 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15327
15328 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15331 Display information about all input methods.
15332
15333 \(fn)" t nil)
15334
15335 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15336 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15337
15338 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15339 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15340 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15341 system which uses fontsets).
15342
15343 \(fn)" t nil)
15344
15345 ;;;***
15346
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15348 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15349 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15350 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15351 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15352 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15829 28908))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15354
15355 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15356 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15357 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15358
15359 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15360
15361 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15362
15363 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15364 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15365
15366 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15367 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15368
15369 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15370 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15371
15372 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15373
15374 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15375 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15376 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15377 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15378 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15379 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15380 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15381
15382 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15383 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15384 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15385 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15386 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15387 middle of a character in STR.
15388
15389 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15390 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15391
15392 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15393 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15394 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15395 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15396 defaults to \"...\".
15397
15398 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15399
15400 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15401
15402 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15403
15404 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15405 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15406
15407 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15408 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15409 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15410
15411 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15412 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15413 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15414
15415 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15416 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15417 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15418 is considered.
15419 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15420 longer than KEYSEQ.
15421 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15422
15423 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15424
15425 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15426 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15427 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15428 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15429 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15430 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15431 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15432 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15433 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15434 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15435 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15436
15437 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15438
15439 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15440 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15441
15442 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15443
15444 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15445 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15446
15447 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15448
15449 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15450 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15451
15452 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15453
15454 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15455 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15456
15457 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15458
15459 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15460 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15461 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15462 or one is an alias of the other.
15463
15464 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15465
15466 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15467 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15468 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15469 coding systems ordered by priority.
15470
15471 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15472
15473 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15474 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15475 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15476 language environment LANG-ENV.
15477
15478 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15483 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15485
15486 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15487 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15488 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15490 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15491
15492 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15493
15494 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15495 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15496 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15497 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15498
15499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15500
15501 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15502 Enable mouse wheel support.
15503
15504 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15505
15506 ;;;***
15507
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15509 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15510 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15511 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15513
15514 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15515 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15516
15517 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15518
15519 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15520 Ping HOST.
15521 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15522 `ping-program-options'.
15523
15524 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15527 Run ipconfig program.
15528
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15530
15531 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15532
15533 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15534 Run netstat program.
15535
15536 \(fn)" t nil)
15537
15538 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15539 Run the arp program.
15540
15541 \(fn)" t nil)
15542
15543 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15544 Run the route program.
15545
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15549 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15550
15551 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15552
15553 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15554 Run nslookup program.
15555
15556 \(fn)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15559 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15560
15561 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15562
15563 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15564 Run dig program.
15565
15566 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15567
15568 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15569 Run ftp program.
15570
15571 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15574 Finger USER on HOST.
15575
15576 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15579 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15580 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15581 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15582
15583 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15584
15585 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15586 Not documented
15587
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15591 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15592
15593 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15596 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15597
15598 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15599
15600 ;;;***
15601
15602 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15603 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15604 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15605 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15606 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16136 53054))
15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15608
15609 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15610
15611 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15612
15613 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15614
15615 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15616
15617 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15618 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15619 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15620 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15621 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15622 Major modes should set this variable.")
15623
15624 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15625 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15626 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15627 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15628 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15629 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15630
15631 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15632
15633 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15634 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15635
15636 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15637 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15638 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15639 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15640
15641 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15642 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15643
15644 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15645 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15646 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15647
15648 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15649 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15650 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15651 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15652 column indentation or nil.
15653 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15654
15655 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15656 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15657 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15658
15659 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15660
15661 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15662 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15663 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15664 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15665
15666 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15667 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15668
15669 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15670
15671 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15672 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15673 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15674
15675 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15676
15677 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15678 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15679 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15680 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15681 the variables are properly set.
15682
15683 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15684
15685 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15686 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15687
15688 \(fn)" nil nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15691 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15692 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15693
15694 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15697 Set the comment column based on point.
15698 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15699 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15700 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15701 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15702
15703 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15706 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15707 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15708
15709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15710
15711 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15712 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15713 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15714 comment markers.
15715
15716 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15719 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15720 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15721 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15722 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15723 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15724 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15725 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15726
15727 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15728 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15729
15730 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15733 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15734 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15735 is passed on to the respective function.
15736
15737 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15740 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15741 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15742 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15743 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15744 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15745 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15746 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15747
15748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15749
15750 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15751 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15752 This indents the body of the continued comment
15753 under the previous comment line.
15754
15755 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15756 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15757 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15758
15759 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15760 or comment indentation.
15761
15762 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15763 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15764
15765 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15766
15767 ;;;***
15768
15769 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941
15770 ;;;;;; 42960))
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15772
15773 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15774 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15775 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15776 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15777 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15778 symbol in the alist.
15779
15780 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15781
15782 ;;;***
15783
15784 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15785 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15787
15788 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15789 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15790 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15791
15792 \(fn)" t nil)
15793
15794 ;;;***
15795
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15797 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15799
15800 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15801 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15802 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15803
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15805
15806 ;;;***
15807
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15809 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15811
15812 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15813 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15814
15815 \(fn)" t nil)
15816
15817 ;;;***
15818
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15820 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15822
15823 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15824 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15825
15826 \(fn)" t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15829 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15830
15831 \(fn)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15834 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15835
15836 \(fn)" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15841 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 43128))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15843
15844 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15845 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15846 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15847
15848 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15849 Not documented
15850
15851 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15852
15853 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15854 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15855 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15856 to future sessions.
15857
15858 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15859
15860 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15861 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15862 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15863 to future sessions.
15864
15865 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15866
15867 ;;;***
15868
15869 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15870 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15872
15873 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15874 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15875 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15876 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15877 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15878 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15879
15880 \(fn)" t nil)
15881
15882 ;;;***
15883
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15885 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15887
15888 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15889 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15890 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15891 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15892 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15893
15894 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15895
15896 ;;;***
15897
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15899 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15901
15902 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15903 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15904 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15905
15906 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15907
15908 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15909 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15910
15911 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15912 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15913 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15914
15915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15916
15917 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15922 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15924
15925 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15926 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15927
15928 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15929 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15930 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15931 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15932
15933 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15934 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15935 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15936 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15937 is why you need this mode!).
15938
15939 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15940 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15941 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15942
15943 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15944
15945 Keybindings
15946 ===========
15947
15948 \\{octave-mode-map}
15949
15950 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15951 ==============================================
15952
15953 octave-auto-indent
15954 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15955 Default is nil.
15956
15957 octave-auto-newline
15958 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15959 Default is nil.
15960
15961 octave-blink-matching-block
15962 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15963 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15964
15965 octave-block-offset
15966 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15967 Default is 2.
15968
15969 octave-continuation-offset
15970 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15971 Default is 4.
15972
15973 octave-continuation-string
15974 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15975 Default is a backslash.
15976
15977 octave-mode-startup-message
15978 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15979 Default is t.
15980
15981 octave-send-echo-input
15982 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15983 command to the inferior Octave process.
15984
15985 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15986 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15987 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15988
15989 octave-send-echo-input
15990 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15991
15992 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15993
15994 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15995 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15996
15997 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15998 (setq auto-mode-alist
15999 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16000
16001 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16002 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16003
16004 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16005 (lambda ()
16006 (abbrev-mode 1)
16007 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16008 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16009 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16010
16011 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16012 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16013 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16014 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16015
16016 \(fn)" t nil)
16017
16018 ;;;***
16019
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16021 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16023
16024 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16025 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16026 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16027
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16031 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16032 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16033 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16034 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16035
16036 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16037
16038 \(fn)" t nil)
16039
16040 ;;;***
16041
16042 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16043 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16045
16046 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16047 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16048 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16049 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16050
16051 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16052 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16053 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16054 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16055
16056 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16057 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16058 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16059 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16060 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16061 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16062
16063 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16064 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16065 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16066
16067 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16068 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16069 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16070 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16071 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16072 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16073 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16074 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16075 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16076 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16077 The subheadings remain visible.
16078 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16079
16080 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16081 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16082 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16083
16084 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16085 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16086
16087 \(fn)" t nil)
16088
16089 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16090 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16091 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16092 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16093
16094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16095
16096 ;;;***
16097
16098 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956))
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16100
16101 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16102 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16103 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16105 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16106
16107 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16108
16109 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16110 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16111 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16112 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16113
16114 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16115 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16116
16117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16118
16119 ;;;***
16120
16121 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941
16122 ;;;;;; 42965))
16123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16124
16125 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16126 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16127 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16128
16129 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16130 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16131
16132 Other useful functions are:
16133
16134 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16135 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16136 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16137 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16138 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16139 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16140 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16141 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16142 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16143
16144 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16145
16146 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16147 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16148 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16149 Indentation for case statements.
16150 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16151 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16152 mark after an end.
16153 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16154 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16155 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16156 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16157 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16158 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16159 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16160 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16161 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16162 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16163
16164 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16165 pascal-separator-keywords.
16166
16167 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16168 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16169
16170 \(fn)" t nil)
16171
16172 ;;;***
16173
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16175 ;;;;;; (15223 38063))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16177
16178 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16179 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16180 The keys affected are:
16181 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16182 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16183 M-Backspace does undo.
16184 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16185 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16186 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16187
16188 \(fn)" t nil)
16189
16190 ;;;***
16191
16192 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16193 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958))
16194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16195
16196 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16197 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16198 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16200 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16201
16202 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16203
16204 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16205 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16206
16207 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16208
16209 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16210 which modify the status of the mark.
16211
16212 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16213 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16214
16215 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16216 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16217
16218 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16219 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16220 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16221 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16222 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16223
16224 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16225 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16226
16227 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16228 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16229 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16230
16231 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16232 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16233 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16234
16235 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16236 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16237
16238 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16239 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16240 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16241
16242 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16243 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16244 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16245
16246 F6 other-window
16247 DELETE delete-char
16248 C-DELETE kill-line
16249 M-DELETE kill-word
16250 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16251 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16252 M-BACKSPACE undo
16253
16254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16255
16256 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16257 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16258 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16259 and cursor movement commands.
16260 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16261 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16262
16263 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16264
16265 ;;;***
16266
16267 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678
16268 ;;;;;; 51468))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16270
16271 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16272 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16273
16274 \(fn)" nil nil)
16275
16276 ;;;***
16277
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16279 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 43679))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16281
16282 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16283 Completion for `gzip'.
16284
16285 \(fn)" nil nil)
16286
16287 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16288 Completion for `bzip2'.
16289
16290 \(fn)" nil nil)
16291
16292 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16293 Completion for GNU `make'.
16294
16295 \(fn)" nil nil)
16296
16297 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16298 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16299
16300 \(fn)" nil nil)
16301
16302 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16303
16304 ;;;***
16305
16306 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16307 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 43679))
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16309
16310 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16311 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16312
16313 \(fn)" nil nil)
16314
16315 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16316 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16317
16318 \(fn)" nil nil)
16319
16320 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16321 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16322
16323 \(fn)" nil nil)
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
16328 ;;;;;; 43679))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16330
16331 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16332 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16333 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16334 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16335 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16336 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16337
16338 \(fn)" nil nil)
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16343 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16344 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 43679))
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16346
16347 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16348 Completion for `cd'.
16349
16350 \(fn)" nil nil)
16351
16352 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16353
16354 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16355 Completion for `rmdir'.
16356
16357 \(fn)" nil nil)
16358
16359 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16360 Completion for `rm'.
16361
16362 \(fn)" nil nil)
16363
16364 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16365 Completion for `xargs'.
16366
16367 \(fn)" nil nil)
16368
16369 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16370
16371 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16372 Completion for `which'.
16373
16374 \(fn)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16377 Completion for the `chown' command.
16378
16379 \(fn)" nil nil)
16380
16381 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16382 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16383
16384 \(fn)" nil nil)
16385
16386 ;;;***
16387
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16389 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16390 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941
16391 ;;;;;; 42956))
16392 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16393
16394 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16395 Support extensible programmable completion.
16396 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16397 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16398
16399 \(fn)" t nil)
16400
16401 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16402 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16403
16404 \(fn)" t nil)
16405
16406 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16407 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16408 This will modify the current buffer.
16409
16410 \(fn)" t nil)
16411
16412 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16413 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16414
16415 \(fn)" t nil)
16416
16417 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16418 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16419 This will modify the current buffer.
16420
16421 \(fn)" t nil)
16422
16423 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16424 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16425
16426 \(fn)" t nil)
16427
16428 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16429 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16430
16431 \(fn)" t nil)
16432
16433 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16434 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16435 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16436 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16437 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16438
16439 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16440
16441 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16442 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16443
16444 \(fn)" nil nil)
16445
16446 ;;;***
16447
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16449 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16450 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16452
16453 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16454 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16455 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16456 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16457
16458 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16459
16460 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16461
16462 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16463 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16464 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16465 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16466 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16467 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16468 FLAGS is ignored.
16469
16470 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16471
16472 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16473 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16474 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16475 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16476 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16477 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16478 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16479 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16480
16481 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16482
16483 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16484 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16485 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16486 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16487 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16488 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16489 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16490 passed to cvs.
16491
16492 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16493
16494 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16495 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16496 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16497 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16498 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16499 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16500 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16501
16502 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16503
16504 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16505
16506 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16507 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16508 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16509
16510 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16511
16512 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16513 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16514 nil means never do it.
16515 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16516 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16517 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16518
16519 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16520
16521 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16522 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16523 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16524
16525 ;;;***
16526
16527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16529
16530 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16531
16532 ;;;***
16533
16534 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16535 ;;;;;; (16111 41834))
16536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16537
16538 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16539 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16540 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16541 Tab indents for Perl code.
16542 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16545 \\{perl-mode-map}
16546 Variables controlling indentation style:
16547 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16548 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16549 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16550 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16551 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16552 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16553 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16554 `perl-nochange'
16555 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16556 `perl-indent-level'
16557 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16558 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16559 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16560 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16561 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16562 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16563 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16564 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16565 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16566 `perl-brace-offset'
16567 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16568 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16569 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16570 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16571 `perl-label-offset'
16572 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16573 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16574 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16575
16576 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16577 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16578 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16579 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16580 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16581 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16582 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16583
16584 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16585
16586 \(fn)" t nil)
16587
16588 ;;;***
16589
16590 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16591 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
16592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16593
16594 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16595 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16596 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16597 afterwards settable by these commands:
16598 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16599 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16600 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16601 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16602 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16603 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16604 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16605 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16606 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16607 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16608 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16609 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16610 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16611 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16612 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16613 with these commands:
16614 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16615 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16616 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16617 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16618 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16619 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16620 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16621 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16622 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16623 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16624 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16625 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16626 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16627 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16628 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16629 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16630 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16631 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16632 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16633 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16634 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16635 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16636 text is saved in the kill ring.
16637 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16638 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16639 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16640 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16641 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16642 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16643 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16644 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16645 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16646 commands if invoked soon enough.
16647 You can return to the previous mode with:
16648 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16649 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16650
16651 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16652
16653 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16654 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16655
16656 \(fn)" t nil)
16657
16658 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16659
16660 ;;;***
16661
16662 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16663 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16665
16666 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16667 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16668 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16669
16670 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16671
16672 ;;;***
16673
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16676
16677 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16678 Play pong and waste time.
16679 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16680 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16681
16682 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16683
16684 \\{pong-mode-map}
16685
16686 \(fn)" t nil)
16687
16688 ;;;***
16689
16690 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16691 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16693
16694 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16695 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16696 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16697 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16698
16699 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16700
16701 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16702 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16703 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16704 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16705 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16706
16707 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16708
16709 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16710 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16711 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16712 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16713 in the variable `values'.
16714
16715 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16716
16717 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16718 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16719 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16720 Ignores leading comment characters.
16721
16722 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16727 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16728 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16729 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16730 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16731 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16732 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16733 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16734 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16735 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16736 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16737 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16738 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16739 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16740 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16741 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16742 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16743 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16744 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16746
16747 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16748 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16749
16750 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16751
16752 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16753
16754 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16755
16756 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16757 Preview directory using ghostview.
16758
16759 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16760 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16761 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16762 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16763
16764 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16765 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16766 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16767 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16768 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16769 file name.
16770
16771 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16772
16773 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16774
16775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16776 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16777
16778 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16779 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16780 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16781 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16782
16783 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16784 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16785 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16786 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16787 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16788 file name.
16789
16790 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16791
16792 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16793
16794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16795 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16796
16797 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16798 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16799 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16800 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16801
16802 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16803 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16804 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16805 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16806 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16807 file name.
16808
16809 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16810
16811 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16812
16813 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16814 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16815
16816 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16817
16818 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16819 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16820 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16821 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16822
16823 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16824 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16825 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16826 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16827 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16828 file name.
16829
16830 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16831
16832 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16833
16834 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16835 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16836
16837 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16838 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16839 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16840
16841 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16842 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16843 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16844 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16845
16846 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16847
16848 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16849 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16850
16851 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16852 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16853 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16854
16855 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16856 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16857 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16858 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16859
16860 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16861
16862 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16863 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16864
16865 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16866 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16867 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16868
16869 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16870 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16871 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16872 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16873
16874 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16875
16876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16877 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16878
16879 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16880
16881 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16882 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16883 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16884
16885 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16886 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16887 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16888 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16889
16890 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16891
16892 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16893 Preview region using ghostview.
16894
16895 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16896
16897 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16898
16899 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16900 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16901
16902 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16903
16904 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16905
16906 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16907 Print region using PostScript printer.
16908
16909 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16910
16911 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16912
16913 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16914 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16915
16916 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16917
16918 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16919
16920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16921 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16922
16923 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16924
16925 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16926
16927 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16928 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16929
16930 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16931
16932 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16933
16934 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16935 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16936
16937 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16938
16939 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16940
16941 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16942 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16943
16944 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16945
16946 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16947
16948 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16949 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16950 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16951 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16952
16953 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16954 matching.
16955
16956 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16957 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16958
16959 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16960
16961 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16962
16963 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16964 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16965 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16966 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16967
16968 \(fn)" t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16971 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16972 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16973 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16974
16975 \(fn)" t nil)
16976
16977 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16978 Print directory using text printer.
16979
16980 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16981 matching.
16982
16983 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16984 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16985
16986 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16987
16988 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16991 Print buffer using text printer.
16992
16993 \(fn)" t nil)
16994
16995 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16996 Print region using text printer.
16997
16998 \(fn)" t nil)
16999
17000 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17001 Print major mode using text printer.
17002
17003 \(fn)" t nil)
17004
17005 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17006 Preview spooled PostScript.
17007
17008 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17009 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17010 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17011
17012 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17013 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17014 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17015
17016 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17019 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17020
17021 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17022 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17023 instead of sending it to the printer.
17024
17025 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17026 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17027 image in a file with that name.
17028
17029 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17030
17031 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17032 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17033
17034 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17035 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17036 instead of sending it to the printer.
17037
17038 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17039 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17040 image in a file with that name.
17041
17042 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17043
17044 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17045 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17046
17047 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17048 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17049 instead of sending it to the printer.
17050
17051 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17052 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17053 image in a file with that name.
17054
17055 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17056
17057 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17058 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17059
17060 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17061
17062 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17063 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17064
17065 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17066
17067 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17068 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17069
17070 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17073 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17074
17075 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17076
17077 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17078 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17079
17080 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17081
17082 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17083 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17084
17085 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17086 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17087 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17088 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17089
17090 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17091 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17092 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17093 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17094 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17095 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17096 file name.
17097
17098 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17099
17100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17101 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17102
17103 \(fn)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17106 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17107
17108 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17109 right.
17110 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17111 bottom.
17112
17113 \(fn)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17116 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17117
17118 \(fn)" t nil)
17119
17120 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17121 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17122
17123 \(fn)" t nil)
17124
17125 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17126 Toggle printing with faces.
17127
17128 \(fn)" t nil)
17129
17130 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17131 Toggle spooling.
17132
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17136 Toggle duplex.
17137
17138 \(fn)" t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17141 Toggle tumble.
17142
17143 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17144 right.
17145 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17146 bottom.
17147
17148 \(fn)" t nil)
17149
17150 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17151 Toggle landscape.
17152
17153 \(fn)" t nil)
17154
17155 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17156 Toggle upside-down.
17157
17158 \(fn)" t nil)
17159
17160 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17161 Toggle line number.
17162
17163 \(fn)" t nil)
17164
17165 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17166 Toggle zebra stripes.
17167
17168 \(fn)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17171 Toggle printing header.
17172
17173 \(fn)" t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17176 Toggle printing header frame.
17177
17178 \(fn)" t nil)
17179
17180 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17181 Toggle menu lock.
17182
17183 \(fn)" t nil)
17184
17185 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17186 Toggle auto region.
17187
17188 \(fn)" t nil)
17189
17190 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17191 Toggle auto mode.
17192
17193 \(fn)" t nil)
17194
17195 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17196 Customization of `printing' group.
17197
17198 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17199
17200 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17201 Customization of `lpr' group.
17202
17203 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17204
17205 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17206 Help for printing package.
17207
17208 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17209
17210 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17211 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17212
17213 \(fn)" t nil)
17214
17215 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17216 Select interactively a text printer.
17217
17218 \(fn)" t nil)
17219
17220 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17221 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17222
17223 \(fn)" t nil)
17224
17225 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17226 Show current ps-print settings.
17227
17228 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17229
17230 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17231 Show current printing settings.
17232
17233 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17234
17235 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17236 Show current lpr settings.
17237
17238 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17239
17240 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17241 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17242
17243 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17244 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17245 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17246 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17247
17248
17249 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17250
17251 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17252 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17253 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17254
17255 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17256 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17257 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17258 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17259 current active printer.
17260
17261 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17262 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17263 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17264 printer.
17265
17266 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17267 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17268 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17269 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17270 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17271
17272
17273 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17274 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17275
17276 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17277
17278 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17279 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17280 be done using the new current active printer.
17281
17282 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17283 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17284 printer.
17285
17286 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17287 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17288 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17289 instead of sending it to the printer.
17290
17291 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17292 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17293 printer.
17294
17295 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17296
17297
17298 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17299 are both set to t.
17300
17301 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17302
17303 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17304 Fast fire function for text printing.
17305
17306 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17307 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17308 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17309 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17310
17311 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17312 user for a new active text printer.
17313
17314 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17315
17316 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17317
17318 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17319 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17320 printer.
17321
17322 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17323
17324 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17325 are both set to t.
17326
17327 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17328
17329 ;;;***
17330
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17332 ;;;;;; (15611 12634))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17334
17335 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17336 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17337 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17338 Commands:
17339 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17340 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17341 if that value is non-nil.
17342
17343 \(fn)" t nil)
17344
17345 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17346 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17347
17348 \(fn)" t nil)
17349
17350 ;;;***
17351
17352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17354
17355 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17356 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17357 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17358
17359 ;;;***
17360
17361 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17362 ;;;;;; 41834))
17363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17364
17365 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17366 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17367
17368 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17369
17370 The following variables hold user options, and can
17371 be set through the `customize' command:
17372
17373 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17374 `ps-mode-tab'
17375 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17376 `ps-mode-print-function'
17377 `ps-run-prompt'
17378 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17379 `ps-run-x'
17380 `ps-run-dumb'
17381 `ps-run-init'
17382 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17383 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17384
17385 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17386
17387
17388 \\{ps-mode-map}
17389
17390
17391 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17392 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17393 The keymap for this second window is:
17394
17395 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17396
17397
17398 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17399 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17400 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17401 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17402 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17403
17404 \(fn)" t nil)
17405
17406 ;;;***
17407
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17409 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17410 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17411 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16085 62843))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17413
17414 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17415 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17416
17417 Valid values are:
17418
17419 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17420 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17421 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17422 changed by setting the variable
17423 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17424 The initial value of this variable is
17425 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17426 documentation).
17427
17428 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17429 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17430 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17431 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17432 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17433 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17434 test it.
17435
17436 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17437 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17438 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17439 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17440 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17441 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17442 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17443 use this value, be sure to have installed
17444 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17445 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17446 documentation of this variable).
17447
17448 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17449 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17450 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17451 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17452 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17453 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17454
17455 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17456
17457 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17458
17459 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17460 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17461 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17462
17463 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17464
17465 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17466 Not documented
17467
17468 \(fn)" nil nil)
17469
17470 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17471 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17472
17473 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17474
17475 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17476
17477 Returns the value:
17478
17479 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17480
17481 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17482 the sequence.
17483
17484 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17485
17486 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17487 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17488
17489 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17490 composition.
17491
17492 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17493
17494 Returns the value:
17495
17496 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17497
17498 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17499 the sequence.
17500
17501 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17502
17503 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17504 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17505
17506 \(fn)" nil nil)
17507
17508 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17509 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17510 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17511
17512 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17515 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17516
17517 \(fn)" nil nil)
17518
17519 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17520 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17521 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17522
17523 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17524
17525 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17526 Not documented
17527
17528 \(fn)" nil nil)
17529
17530 ;;;***
17531
17532 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17533 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17534 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17535 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17536 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17537 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148
17538 ;;;;;; 4633))
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17540
17541 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17542 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17543 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17544
17545 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17546
17547 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17548 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17549 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17550 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17551
17552 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17553
17554 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17555 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17556
17557 Valid values are:
17558
17559 nil Do not print colors.
17560
17561 t Print colors.
17562
17563 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17564 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17565
17566 Any other value is treated as t.")
17567
17568 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17569
17570 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17571 Customization of ps-print group.
17572
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17576 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17577
17578 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17579 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17580 sending it to the printer.
17581
17582 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17583 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17584 image in a file with that name.
17585
17586 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17589 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17590 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17591 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17592 so it has a way to determine color values.
17593
17594 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17597 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17598 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17599
17600 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17601
17602 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17603 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17604 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17605 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17606 so it has a way to determine color values.
17607
17608 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17609
17610 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17611 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17612 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17613 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17614
17615 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17616
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17620 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17621 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17622 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17623 so it has a way to determine color values.
17624
17625 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17626
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17630 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17631 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17632
17633 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17634
17635 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17636
17637 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17638 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17639 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17640 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17641 so it has a way to determine color values.
17642
17643 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17644
17645 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17646
17647 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17648 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17649
17650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17651 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17652 instead of sending it to the printer.
17653
17654 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17655 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17656 image in a file with that name.
17657
17658 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17659
17660 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17661 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17662 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17663 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17664 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17665
17666 \(fn)" t nil)
17667
17668 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17669 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17670 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17671
17672 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17673
17674 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17675 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17676 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17677
17678 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17679
17680 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17681 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17682
17683 \(fn)" nil nil)
17684
17685 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17686 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17687
17688 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17689 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17690
17691 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17692 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17693
17694 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17695
17696 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17697
17698 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17699
17700 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17701 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17702
17703 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17704 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17705
17706 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17707 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17708
17709 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17710
17711 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17712
17713 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17714
17715 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17716 foreground and background colors respectively.
17717
17718 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17719 bold - use bold font.
17720 italic - use italic font.
17721 underline - put a line under text.
17722 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17723 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17724 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17725 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17726 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17727
17728 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17729
17730 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17731
17732 ;;;***
17733
17734 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17735 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17736 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17737 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17738 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16162 48286))
17739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17740
17741 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17742 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17743
17744 \(fn)" nil nil)
17745
17746 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17747 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17748 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17749
17750 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17751 `quail-activate', which see.
17752
17753 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17754
17755 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17756 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17757 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17758 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17759 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17760 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17761 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17762
17763 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17764 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17765 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17766 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17767 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17768 shown.
17769 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17770
17771 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17772 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17773 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17774 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17775 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17776 list of candidates.
17777
17778 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17779 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17780 command to be called.
17781
17782 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17783 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17784 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17785 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17786
17787 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17788 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17789 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17790 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17791 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17792 to t.
17793
17794 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17795 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17796 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17797 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17798
17799 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17800 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17801 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17802 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17803
17804 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17805 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17806 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17807 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17808 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17809 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17810
17811 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17812 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17813 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17814 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17815 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17816 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17817
17818 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17819 covers Quail translation region.
17820
17821 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17822 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17823 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17824 for it) is inserted.
17825
17826 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17827 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17828 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17829
17830 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17831 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17832 non-Quail commands.
17833
17834 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17835
17836 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17837 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17838
17839 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17840 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17841 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17842 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17843 you type is correctly handled.
17844
17845 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17848 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17849
17850 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17851 keyboard type.
17852
17853 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17856 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17857 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17858 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17859 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17860 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17861 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17862 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17863 for the translation.
17864 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17865
17866 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17867 it is used to handle KEY.
17868
17869 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17870 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17871 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17872 the following annotation types are supported.
17873
17874 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17875 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17876
17877 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17878 candidate list.
17879
17880 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17881 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17882 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17883 inserted.
17884
17885 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17886 generated for the following translations.
17887
17888 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17889
17890 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17891 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17892
17893 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17894 which to install MAP.
17895
17896 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17897
17898 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17899
17900 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17901 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17902
17903 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17904 which to install MAP.
17905
17906 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17907
17908 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17909
17910 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17911 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17912 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17913 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17914 a function, or a cons.
17915 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17916 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17917 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17918 for the translation.
17919 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17920 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17921 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17922 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17923 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17924
17925 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17926 it is used to handle KEY.
17927
17928 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17929 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17930 current Quail package.
17931
17932 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17933 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17934
17935 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17936
17937 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17938 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17939
17940 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17941 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17942
17943 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17944
17945 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17946 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17947
17948 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17949
17950 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17951 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17952 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17953 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17954 of the Emacs source tree.
17955
17956 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17957 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17958
17959 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17960 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17961 of each directory.
17962
17963 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17964
17965 ;;;***
17966
17967 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17968 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17969 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941
17970 ;;;;;; 42963))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17972
17973 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17974 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17975 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17976 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17977
17978 To make use of this do something like:
17979
17980 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17981
17982 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17983
17984 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17985 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17986
17987 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17988 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17989 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17990
17991 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17992
17993 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17994 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17995
17996 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17997
17998 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17999 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18000
18001 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18002 is decided.
18003
18004 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18007 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18008
18009 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18010 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18011 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18012
18013 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18016 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18017
18018 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18019
18020 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18021 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18022
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18026 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18027
18028 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18029
18030 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18031
18032 \(fn)" t nil)
18033
18034 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18035 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18036
18037 \(fn)" t nil)
18038
18039 ;;;***
18040
18041 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941
18042 ;;;;;; 42963))
18043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18044
18045 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18046 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18047 See \\[compile].
18048
18049 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18050
18051 ;;;***
18052
18053 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18054 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18056
18057 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18058 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18059
18060 \(fn)" t nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16055 8591))
18065 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18066
18067 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18068 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18069 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18071 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18072
18073 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18074
18075 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18076 Toggle recentf mode.
18077 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18078 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18079
18080 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18081 that were operated on recently.
18082
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18084
18085 ;;;***
18086
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18088 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18089 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18090 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941
18091 ;;;;;; 42956))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18093
18094 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18095 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18096 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18097 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18098
18099 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18100
18101 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18102
18103 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18104 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18105 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18106 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18107 ends.
18108
18109 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18110 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18111 to be deleted.
18112
18113 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18114
18115 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18116 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18117 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18118
18119 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18120 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18121 deleted.
18122
18123 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18124
18125 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18126 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18127 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18128
18129 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18130
18131 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18132 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18133
18134 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18135 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18136
18137 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18138 deleted.
18139
18140 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18141
18142 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18143 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18144
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18148 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18149 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18150 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18151 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18152 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18153 and point is at the lower right corner.
18154
18155 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18156
18157 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18158 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18159
18160 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18161 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18162
18163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18165 on the right side of the rectangle.
18166
18167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18168
18169 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18170
18171 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18172 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18173 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18174 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18175 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18176
18177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18178 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18179
18180 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18181
18182 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18183 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18184 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18185
18186 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18187
18188 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18189
18190 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18191
18192 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18193 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18194
18195 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18196 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18197 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18198
18199 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18200
18201 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18202 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18203 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18204
18205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18207 rectangle which were empty.
18208
18209 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18210
18211 ;;;***
18212
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
18214 ;;;;;; 41838))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18216
18217 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18218 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18219 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18220
18221 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18222 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18223 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18224
18225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18226
18227 ;;;***
18228
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex)
18230 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16142 9352))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18232
18233 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18234 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18235
18236 \(fn)" nil nil)
18237
18238 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18239 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18240
18241 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18242 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18243
18244 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18245 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18246 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18247 \\ref macro.
18248
18249 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18250 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18251 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18252
18253 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18254 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18255 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18256
18257 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18258 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18259
18260 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18261 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18262
18263 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18264 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18265 on the menu bar.
18266
18267 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18268
18269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18270
18271 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\
18272 Is the scanning info about the current document available?
18273
18274 \(fn)" nil nil)
18275
18276 ;;;***
18277
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18279 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18281
18282 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18283 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18284 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18285 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18286 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18287 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18288
18289 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18290
18291 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18292
18293 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18294 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18295 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18296 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18297
18298 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18299 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18300 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18301 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18302
18303 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18304
18305 ;;;***
18306
18307 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18308 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18310
18311 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18312 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18313 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18314
18315 To insert new phrases, use
18316 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18317 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18318
18319 To index phrases use one of:
18320
18321 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18322 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18323 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18324 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18325 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18326
18327 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18328 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18329
18330 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18331
18332 Here are all local bindings.
18333
18334 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18335
18336 \(fn)" t nil)
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18341 ;;;;;; (16142 9352))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18343
18344 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18345 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18346 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18347 of master file.
18348
18349 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18354 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18356
18357 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18358 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18359 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18360 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18361 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18362 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18363
18364 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18365 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18366
18367 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18368 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18369
18370 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18371
18372 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18373 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18374 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18375 in REGEXP.
18376
18377 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18378
18379 ;;;***
18380
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18383
18384 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18385 Repeat most recently executed command.
18386 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18387 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18388 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18389
18390 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18391 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18392 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18393
18394 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18395
18396 ;;;***
18397
18398 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18399 ;;;;;; (15356 55960))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18401
18402 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18403 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18404
18405 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18406 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18407 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18408 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18409 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18410 and point is left after the salutation.
18411
18412 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18413 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18414 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18415 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18416 left after that text.
18417
18418 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18419 is non-nil.
18420
18421 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18422 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18423 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18424 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18425
18426 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18427
18428 ;;;***
18429
18430 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18431 ;;;;;; (15364 46020))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18433
18434 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18435 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18436 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18437 visibility of comments that precede it.
18438 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18439 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18440 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18441 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18442 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18443 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18444 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18445 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18446 the comment lines.
18447 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18448 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18449 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18450 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18451 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18452
18453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18454 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18455
18456 ;;;***
18457
18458 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941
18459 ;;;;;; 42956))
18460 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18461
18462 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18463 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18464
18465 \(fn)" nil nil)
18466
18467 ;;;***
18468
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18470 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18472
18473 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18474 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18475 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18476
18477 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18478 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18479 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18480
18481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18482
18483 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18484 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18485 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18487 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18488
18489 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18490
18491 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18492 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18493 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18494
18495 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18496 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18497 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18498
18499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18500
18501 ;;;***
18502
18503 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18504 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18505 ;;;;;; (15728 55520))
18506 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18507
18508 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18509 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18510 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18511 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18512 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18513
18514 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18515
18516 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18517 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18518 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18519 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18520 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18521
18522 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18523
18524 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18525 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18526 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18528 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18529
18530 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18531
18532 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18533 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18534 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18535 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18536 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18537 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18538 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18539
18540 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18541 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18542
18543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18544
18545 ;;;***
18546
18547 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18548 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18550
18551 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18552 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18553
18554 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18555
18556 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18557 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18558
18559 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18560
18561 ;;;***
18562
18563 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16066 53440))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18565 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18566
18567 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18568 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18569 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18570 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18571
18572 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18573
18574 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18575 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18576 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18577 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18578
18579 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18580 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18581
18582 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18583 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18584
18585 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18586 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18587 INPUT-ARGS.
18588
18589 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18590 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18591 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18592 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18593 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18594
18595 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18596 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18597 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18598 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18599
18600 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18601 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18602 variable.
18603
18604 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18609 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18610 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18611 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18612 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18613 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18614 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16072 11522))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18616
18617 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18618 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18619 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18620 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18621
18622 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18623
18624 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18625 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18626 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18627 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18628 value is the user's email address and name.)
18629 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18630
18631 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18632 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18633 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18634 which normally happens once for each message,
18635 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18636 To make a change in this variable take effect
18637 for a message that you have already viewed,
18638 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18639
18640 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18641
18642 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18643 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18644 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18645 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18646
18647 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18648
18649 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18650 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18651
18652 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18653
18654 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18655 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18656 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18657 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18658
18659 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18660
18661 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18662 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18663
18664 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18665
18666 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18667 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18668
18669 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18670
18671 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18672 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18673 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18674 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18675 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18676
18677 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18678
18679 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18680 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18681
18682 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18683
18684 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18685 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18686
18687 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18688
18689 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18690 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18691
18692 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18693
18694 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18695 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18696
18697 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18698
18699 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18700 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18701
18702 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18703 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18704
18705 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18706 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18707
18708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18709
18710 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18711 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18712
18713 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18714 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18715 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18716 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18717
18718 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18719 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18720
18721 This is set to nil by default.")
18722
18723 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18724 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18725 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18726 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18727 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18728
18729 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18730
18731 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18732 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18733 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18734 It is called with no argument.")
18735
18736 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18737 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18738 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18739 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18740 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18741 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18742 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18743
18744 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18745 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18746 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18747 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18748 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18749 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18750
18751 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18752 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18753 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18754 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18755 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18756
18757 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18758 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18759 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18760 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18761 MSG is the message number,
18762 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18763 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18764
18765 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18766 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18767 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18768 this feature is required with `require'.")
18769
18770 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18771 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18772 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18773 the message is decoded as normal way.
18774
18775 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18776 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18777 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18778
18779 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18780 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18781 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18782
18783 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18784 Read and edit incoming mail.
18785 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18786 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18787 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18788
18789 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18790 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18791 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18792 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18793
18794 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18795
18796 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18797
18798 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18799 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18800 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18801 Instead, these commands are available:
18802
18803 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18804 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18805 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18806 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18807 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18808 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18809 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18810 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18811 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18812 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18813 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18814 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18815 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18816 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18817 till a deleted message is found.
18818 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18819 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18820 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18821 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18822 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18823 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18824 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18825 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18826 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18827 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18828 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18829 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18830 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18831 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18832 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18833 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18834 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18835 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18836 (label defaults to last one specified).
18837 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18838 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18839 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18840 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18841 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18842 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18843 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18844 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18845 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18846
18847 \(fn)" t nil)
18848
18849 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18850 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18851
18852 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18855 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18856
18857 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18858
18859 ;;;***
18860
18861 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18862 ;;;;;; (15830 37093))
18863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18864
18865 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18866 Edit the contents of this message.
18867
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18869
18870 ;;;***
18871
18872 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18873 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18874 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 43692))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18876
18877 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18878 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18879 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18880
18881 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18882
18883 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18884 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18885 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18886
18887 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18890 Not documented
18891
18892 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18893
18894 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18895 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18896 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18897 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18898 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18899
18900 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18901
18902 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18903 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18904 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18905 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18906 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18907
18908 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18909
18910 ;;;***
18911
18912 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18913 ;;;;;; (15186 43692))
18914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18915
18916 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18917 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18918 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18919 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18920
18921 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18922
18923 ;;;***
18924
18925 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18926 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18927 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18929
18930 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18931 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18932 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18933 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18934 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18935 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18936 a file name as a string.")
18937
18938 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18939
18940 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18941 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18942 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18943 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18944 buffer visiting that file.
18945 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18946 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18947
18948 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18949 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18950
18951 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18952 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18953
18954 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18955 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18956
18957 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18958
18959 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18960 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18961
18962 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18963
18964 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18965 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18966 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18967 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18968 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18969
18970 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18971 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18972 will be appended with their original headers.
18973
18974 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18975 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18976
18977 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18978 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18979
18980 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18981
18982 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18983
18984 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18985 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18986 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18987
18988 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18989
18990 ;;;***
18991
18992 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18993 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18994 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941
18995 ;;;;;; 42961))
18996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18997
18998 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18999 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19000 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19001
19002 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19005 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19006 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19007
19008 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19011 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19012 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19013
19014 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19017 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19018 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19019
19020 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19021
19022 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19023 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19024 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19025
19026 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19027
19028 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19029 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19030 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19031
19032 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19033
19034 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19035 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19036 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19037 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19038
19039 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19040
19041 ;;;***
19042
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19044 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19045 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19046 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19047 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19049
19050 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19051 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19052
19053 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19054
19055 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19056 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19057
19058 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19059
19060 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19061 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19062
19063 \(fn)" t nil)
19064
19065 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19066 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19067 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19068
19069 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19070
19071 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19072 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19073 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19074 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19075 only look in the To and From fields.
19076 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19077
19078 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19079
19080 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19081 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19082 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19083 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19084 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19085
19086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19087
19088 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19089 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19090 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19091 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19092 look in the whole message.
19093 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19094
19095 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19096
19097 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19098 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19099 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19100
19101 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19102
19103 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19104 *Function to decode summary-line.
19105
19106 By default, `identity' is set.")
19107
19108 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19109
19110 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19111 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19112 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19113 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19114 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19115 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19116 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19117
19118 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19119 sent by you under different user names.
19120 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19121
19122 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19123
19124 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127
19128 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19129 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19131
19132 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19133 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19134 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19135 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19136
19137 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19138
19139 ;;;***
19140
19141 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19142 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19144
19145 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19146 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19147
19148 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19149
19150 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19151 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19152
19153 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19154
19155 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19156 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19157
19158 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19159
19160 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19161 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19162 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19163
19164 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19165 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19166 in rot 13.
19167
19168 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19169
19170 \(fn)" t nil)
19171
19172 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19173 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19174
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19180 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19182 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19185
19186 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19187 *This variable is obsolete.")
19188
19189 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19190
19191 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19192 *This variable is obsolete.")
19193
19194 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19195
19196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19197 *This variable is obsolete.")
19198
19199 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19200
19201 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19202 *This variable is obsolete.")
19203
19204 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19205
19206 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19207 *This variable is obsolete.")
19208
19209 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19210
19211 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19212 *This variable is obsolete.")
19213
19214 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19215
19216 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19217 This function is obsolete.
19218
19219 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16111
19224 ;;;;;; 41826))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19226
19227 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19228 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19229
19230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941
19235 ;;;;;; 42958))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19237
19238 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19239 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19240 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19241 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19242
19243 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19244
19245 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19246 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19247 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19248
19249 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19250 notation.
19251
19252 STRING
19253 matches string STRING literally.
19254
19255 CHAR
19256 matches character CHAR literally.
19257
19258 `not-newline'
19259 matches any character except a newline.
19260 .
19261 `anything'
19262 matches any character
19263
19264 `(any SET)'
19265 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19266 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19267
19268 '(in SET)'
19269 like `any'.
19270
19271 `(not (any SET))'
19272 matches any character not in SET
19273
19274 `line-start'
19275 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19276 in the text being matched
19277
19278 `line-end'
19279 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19280
19281 `string-start'
19282 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19283 string being matched against.
19284
19285 `string-end'
19286 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19287 string being matched against.
19288
19289 `buffer-start'
19290 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19291 buffer being matched against.
19292
19293 `buffer-end'
19294 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19295 buffer being matched against.
19296
19297 `point'
19298 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19299
19300 `word-start'
19301 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19302 word.
19303
19304 `word-end'
19305 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19306
19307 `word-boundary'
19308 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19309 word.
19310
19311 `(not word-boundary)'
19312 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19313 word.
19314
19315 `digit'
19316 matches 0 through 9.
19317
19318 `control'
19319 matches ASCII control characters.
19320
19321 `hex-digit'
19322 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19323
19324 `blank'
19325 matches space and tab only.
19326
19327 `graphic'
19328 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19329 space, and DEL.
19330
19331 `printing'
19332 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19333 and DEL.
19334
19335 `alphanumeric'
19336 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19337 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19338
19339 `letter'
19340 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19341 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19342
19343 `ascii'
19344 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19345
19346 `nonascii'
19347 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19348
19349 `lower'
19350 matches anything lower-case.
19351
19352 `upper'
19353 matches anything upper-case.
19354
19355 `punctuation'
19356 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19357 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19358
19359 `space'
19360 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19361
19362 `word'
19363 matches anything that has word syntax.
19364
19365 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19366 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19367 of the following symbols.
19368
19369 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19370 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19371 `word' (\\sw)
19372 `symbol' (\\s_)
19373 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19374 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19375 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19376 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19377 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19378 `escape' (\\s\\)
19379 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19380 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19381 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19382
19383 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19384 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19385
19386 `(category CATEGORY)'
19387 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19388 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19389
19390 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19391 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19392 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19393 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19394 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19395 `symbol' (\\c5)
19396 `digit' (\\c6)
19397 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19398 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19399 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19400 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19401 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19402 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19403 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19404 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19405 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19406 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19407 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19408 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19409 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19410 `ascii' (\\ca)
19411 `arabic' (\\cb)
19412 `chinese' (\\cc)
19413 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19414 `greek' (\\cg)
19415 `korean' (\\ch)
19416 `indian' (\\ci)
19417 `japanese' (\\cj)
19418 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19419 `latin' (\\cl)
19420 `lao' (\\co)
19421 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19422 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19423 `thai' (\\ct)
19424 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19425 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19426 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19427 `can-break' (\\c|)
19428
19429 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19430 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19431
19432 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19433 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19434
19435 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19436 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19437 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19438
19439 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19440 another name for `submatch'.
19441
19442 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19443 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19444 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19445 regular expression.
19446
19447 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19448 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19449 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19450 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19451 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19452
19453 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19454 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19455
19456 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19457 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19458
19459 `(0+ SEXP)'
19460 like `zero-or-more'.
19461
19462 `(* SEXP)'
19463 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19464
19465 `(*? SEXP)'
19466 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19467
19468 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19469 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19470
19471 `(1+ SEXP)'
19472 like `one-or-more'.
19473
19474 `(+ SEXP)'
19475 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19476
19477 `(+? SEXP)'
19478 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19479
19480 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19481 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19482
19483 `(optional SEXP)'
19484 like `zero-or-one'.
19485
19486 `(? SEXP)'
19487 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19488
19489 `(?? SEXP)'
19490 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19491
19492 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19493 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19494
19495 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19496 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19497
19498 `(eval FORM)'
19499 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19500 `regexp-quote' it.
19501
19502 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19503 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19504
19505 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19506
19507 ;;;***
19508
19509 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19510 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19512
19513 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19514 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19515 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19516
19517 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19518 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19519 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19520 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19521 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19522 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19523 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19524 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19525
19526 Commands:
19527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19528 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19529 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19530 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19531 if that value is non-nil.
19532
19533 \(fn)" t nil)
19534
19535 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19536 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19537 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19538
19539 Commands:
19540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19541 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19542 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19543 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19544 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19545 that variable's value is a string.
19546
19547 \(fn)" t nil)
19548
19549 ;;;***
19550
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19552 ;;;;;; (14792 28989))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19554
19555 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19556 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19557 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19558
19559 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19560
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19562
19563 ;;;***
19564
19565 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19566 ;;;;;; 59373))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19568
19569 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19570 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19571 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19572 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19573
19574 Interesting variables:
19575
19576 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19577 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19578
19579 `scribe-electric-quote'
19580 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19581
19582 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19583 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19584 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19585
19586 \(fn)" t nil)
19587
19588 ;;;***
19589
19590 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19591 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
19592 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19593
19594 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19595 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19596 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19598 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19599
19600 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19601
19602 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19603 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19604 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19605 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19606 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19607
19608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19609
19610 ;;;***
19611
19612 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19613 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19614 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19615 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19616 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19617 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16136 53055))
19618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19619
19620 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19621 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19622
19623 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19624 king@grassland.com
19625 If `parens', they look like:
19626 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19627 If `angles', they look like:
19628 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19629 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19630 derived from the envelope-from address.
19631
19632 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19633 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19634 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19635 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19636
19637 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19638
19639 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19640 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19641 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19642 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19643
19644 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19645 privileged operation. This variable is only used if
19646 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.")
19647
19648 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19649
19650 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19651 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19652 This is done when the message is initialized,
19653 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19654
19655 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19656
19657 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19658 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19659 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19660
19661 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19662
19663 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19664 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19665
19666 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19667
19668 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19669 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19670 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19671 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19672 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19673 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19674 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19675
19676 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19677
19678 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19679 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19680
19681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19682
19683 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19684 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19685 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19686
19687 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19688
19689 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19690 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19691 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19692 when you first send mail.")
19693
19694 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19695
19696 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19697 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19698 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19699 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19700 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19701
19702 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19703
19704 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19705 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19706 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19707 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19708 This file need not actually exist.")
19709
19710 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19711
19712 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19713 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19714 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19715 If a string, that string is inserted.
19716 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19717 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19718 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19719 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19720
19721 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19722
19723 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19724 *Directory for mail buffers.
19725 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19726 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19727
19728 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19729
19730 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19731 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19732 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19733 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19734 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19735 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19736 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19737 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19738 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19739 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19740 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19741 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19742 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19743 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19744 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19745
19746 \(fn)" t nil)
19747
19748 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19749 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19750 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19751 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19752 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19753 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19754
19755 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19756 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19757 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19758
19759 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19760 User should not set this variable manually,
19761 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19762 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19763 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19764 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19765
19766 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19767 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19768 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19769 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19770
19771 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19772 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19773
19774 \\<mail-mode-map>
19775 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19776
19777 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19778 to move to message header fields:
19779 \\{mail-mode-map}
19780
19781 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19782 when the message is initialized.
19783
19784 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19785 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19786
19787 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19788 is inserted.
19789
19790 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19791 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19792
19793 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19794 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19795
19796 The second through fifth arguments,
19797 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19798 the initial contents of those header fields.
19799 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19800 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19801 original message being replied to, or else an action
19802 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19803 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19804 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19805 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19806 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19807 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19808
19809 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19810
19811 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19812 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19813
19814 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19815
19816 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19817 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19818
19819 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19820
19821 ;;;***
19822
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19824 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
19825 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19826
19827 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19828 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19829 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19830 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19831 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19832 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19833
19834 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19835
19836 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19837
19838 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19839 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19840 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19842 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19843
19844 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19845
19846 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19847 Toggle Server mode.
19848 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19849 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19850 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19851
19852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19853
19854 ;;;***
19855
19856 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16162 11942))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19858
19859 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19860 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19861
19862 Key definitions:
19863 \\{ses-mode-map}
19864 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19865 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19866 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19867 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19868
19869 \(fn)" t nil)
19870
19871 ;;;***
19872
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19874 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19876
19877 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19878 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19879 Makes > match <.
19880 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19881 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19882
19883 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19884 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19885 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19886
19887 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19888 your `.emacs' file.
19889
19890 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19891
19892 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19893 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19894 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19895
19896 \(fn)" t nil)
19897
19898 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19899
19900 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19901 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19902 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19903 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19904 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19905 which this is based.
19906
19907 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19908
19909 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19910 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19911 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19912 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19913
19914 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19915 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19916 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19917
19918 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19919 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19920 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19921 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19922
19923 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19924 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19925 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19926 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19927
19928 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19929
19930 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19931 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19932 To work around that, do:
19933 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19934
19935 \\{html-mode-map}
19936
19937 \(fn)" t nil)
19938
19939 ;;;***
19940
19941 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19942 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19944
19945 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19946 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19947 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19948 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19949 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19950 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19951
19952 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19953 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19954 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19955 shell-specific features.
19956
19957 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19958 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19959 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19960
19961 \\[sh-case] case statement
19962 \\[sh-for] for loop
19963 \\[sh-function] function definition
19964 \\[sh-if] if statement
19965 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19966 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19967 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19968 \\[sh-select] select loop
19969 \\[sh-until] until loop
19970 \\[sh-while] while loop
19971
19972 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19973 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19974 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19975 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19976 would indent to the way it currently is.
19977 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19978 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19979
19980
19981 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19982 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19983 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19984 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19985 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19986 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19987
19988 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19989 {, (, [, ', \", `
19990 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19991
19992 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19993 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19994 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19995
19996 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19997 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19998
19999 \(fn)" t nil)
20000
20001 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20002
20003 ;;;***
20004
20005 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20006 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
20007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20008
20009 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20010 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20011
20012 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20013 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20014 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20015 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20016 the earlier.
20017
20018 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20019
20020 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20021
20022 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20023 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20024 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20025
20026 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20027 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20028
20029 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20030 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20031 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20032 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20033 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20034 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20035 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20036 emacs version).
20037
20038 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20039 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20040 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20041 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20042 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20043
20044 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20045 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20046 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20047
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20049
20050 ;;;***
20051
20052 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20053 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16016
20054 ;;;;;; 56429))
20055 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20056
20057 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20058 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20059 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20060 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20061 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20062 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20063 in the cluster.
20064
20065 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20066
20067 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20068 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20069 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20070 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20071 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20072
20073 \(fn)" t nil)
20074
20075 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20076 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20077 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20078 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20079 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20080 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20081 `shadow-define-cluster').
20082
20083 \(fn)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20086 Set up file shadowing.
20087
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20089
20090 ;;;***
20091
20092 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20093 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
20094 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20095
20096 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20097 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20098 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20099 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20100 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20101 arguments.")
20102
20103 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20104
20105 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20106 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20107 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20108 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20109 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20110 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20111 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20112 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20113 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20114 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20115 discards input when it starts up.)
20116 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20117 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20118 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20119
20120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20121 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20122 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20123 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20125 `default-process-coding-system'.
20126
20127 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20128 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20129 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20130 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20131
20132 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20133
20134 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20135 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20136
20137 ;;;***
20138
20139 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997
20140 ;;;;;; 672))
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20142
20143 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20144 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20145 \\{simula-mode-map}
20146 Variables controlling indentation style:
20147 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20148 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20149 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20150 `simula-indent-level'
20151 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20152 `simula-substatement-offset'
20153 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20154 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20155 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20156 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20157 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20158 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20159 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20160 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20161 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20162 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20163 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20164 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20165 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20166 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20167 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20168 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20169 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20170 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20171 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20172 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20173 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20174 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20175 or nil if they should not be changed.
20176 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20177 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20178 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20179 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20180
20181 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20182 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20183
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20185
20186 ;;;***
20187
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20189 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20191
20192 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20193 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20194
20195 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20196 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20197 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20198 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20199
20200 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20201
20202 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20203 Insert SKELETON.
20204 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20205 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20206 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20207 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20208 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20209
20210 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20211 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20212
20213 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20214
20215 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20216 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20217
20218 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20219 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20220 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20221 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20222
20223 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20224 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20225 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20226 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20227
20228 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20229 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20230 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20231
20232 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20233 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20234
20235 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20236 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20237
20238 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20239 _ interesting point, interregion here
20240 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20241 interesting point set by _
20242 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20243 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20244 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20245 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20246 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20247 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20248 nil skipped
20249
20250 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20251 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20252
20253 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20254 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20255 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20256 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20257 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20258 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20259 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20260 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20261
20262 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20263 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20264 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20265 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20266 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20267 available:
20268
20269 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20270 then: insert previously read string once more
20271 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20272 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20273 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20274
20275 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20276 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20277
20278 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20279
20280 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20281 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20282
20283 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20284 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20285 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20286 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20287 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20288 such as backslash.
20289
20290 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20291 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20292 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20293
20294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20295
20296 ;;;***
20297
20298 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20299 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20301
20302 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20303 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20304 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20305 buffer names.
20306
20307 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20308
20309 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20310 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20311 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20312
20313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20314
20315 ;;;***
20316
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20318 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20320
20321 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20322 Display textual smileys as images.
20323 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20324 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20325 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20326
20327 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20328
20329 ;;;***
20330
20331 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20332 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20334
20335 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20336 Not documented
20337
20338 \(fn)" nil nil)
20339
20340 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20341 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20342
20343 \(fn)" t nil)
20344
20345 ;;;***
20346
20347 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954))
20348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20349
20350 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20351 Play the Snake game.
20352 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20353
20354 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20355
20356 Snake mode keybindings:
20357 \\<snake-mode-map>
20358 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20359 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20360 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20361 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20362 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20363 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20364 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20365
20366 \(fn)" t nil)
20367
20368 ;;;***
20369
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20371 ;;;;;; (15491 28594))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20373
20374 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20375 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20376 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20377 Tab indents for C code.
20378 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20380 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20381 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20382 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20383
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20387 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20388 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20389 Tab indents for C code.
20390 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20391 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20392 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20393 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20394 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20395
20396 \(fn)" t nil)
20397
20398 ;;;***
20399
20400 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20401 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20402 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16174 61085))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20404
20405 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20406 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20407
20408 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20409 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20410 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20411
20412 For example, the form
20413
20414 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20415 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20416
20417 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20418
20419 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20420
20421 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20422 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20423
20424 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20425 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20426 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20427 York City.
20428
20429 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20430
20431 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20432
20433 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20434 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20435
20436 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20437 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20438 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20439 York City.
20440
20441 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20442
20443 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20444
20445 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20446 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20447 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20448 pair.
20449
20450 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20451
20452 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20453
20454 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20455 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20456 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20457
20458 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20459 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20460
20461 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20462
20463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20464
20465 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20466 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20467 Requires floating point.
20468
20469 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470
20471 ;;;***
20472
20473 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941
20474 ;;;;;; 42963))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20476
20477 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20478 Play Solitaire.
20479
20480 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20481 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20482 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20483 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20484 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20485 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20486 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20487 check after each move or undo)
20488
20489 What is Solitaire?
20490
20491 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20492 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20493 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20494
20495 Le Solitaire
20496 ============
20497
20498 o o o
20499
20500 o o o
20501
20502 o o o o o o o
20503
20504 o o o . o o o
20505
20506 o o o o o o o
20507
20508 o o o
20509
20510 o o o
20511
20512 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20513 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20514 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20515 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20516
20517 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20518 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20519 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20520 this: o o .
20521
20522 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20523 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20524
20525 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20526
20527 o o o
20528
20529 . o o
20530
20531 o o . o o o o
20532
20533 o . o o o o o
20534
20535 o o o o o o o
20536
20537 o o o
20538
20539 o o o
20540
20541 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20542
20543 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20544
20545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20546
20547 ;;;***
20548
20549 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20550 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20551 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20553
20554 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20555 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20556
20557 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20558 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20559 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20560 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20561 contiguous.
20562
20563 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20564 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20565 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20566 the sort order.
20567
20568 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20569 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20570
20571 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20572 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20573 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20574 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20575 is called.
20576
20577 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20578 It should move point to the end of the record.
20579
20580 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20581 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20582 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20583 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20584 starts at the beginning of the record.
20585
20586 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20587 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20588 same as ENDRECFUN.
20589
20590 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20591 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20592
20593 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20594
20595 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20596 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20597 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20598 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20599 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20600 the sort order.
20601
20602 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20605 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20606 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20607 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20609 the sort order.
20610
20611 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20614 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20615 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20616 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20617 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20618 the sort order.
20619
20620 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20623 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20624 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20625 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20626 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20627 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20628 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20629 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20630 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20631
20632 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20633
20634 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20635 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20636 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20637 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20638 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20639 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20640 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20641 the sort order.
20642
20643 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20644
20645 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20646 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20647 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20648 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20649 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20650 is to be used for sorting.
20651 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20652 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20653 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20654 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20655 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20656
20657 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20658
20659 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20660 the sort order.
20661
20662 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20663 starting with the letter \"f\",
20664 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20665
20666 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20667
20668 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20669 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20670 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20671 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20672 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20673 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20674 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20675 the sort order.
20676
20677 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20678 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20679 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20680 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20681 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20682
20683 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20684
20685 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20686 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20687 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20688
20689 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20690
20691 ;;;***
20692
20693 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20694 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20696
20697 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20698
20699 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20700 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20701 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20702 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20703 supported at a time.
20704 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20705 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20706
20707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20708
20709 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20710 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20711 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20712 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20713
20714 \(fn)" t nil)
20715
20716 ;;;***
20717
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20719 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 43697))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20721
20722 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20723
20724 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20725 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20726 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20727 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20728 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20729 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20730
20731 \(fn)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20734 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20735 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20736 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20737
20738 \(fn)" t nil)
20739
20740 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20741 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20742 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20743 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20744 for example, \"word\".
20745
20746 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20747
20748 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20749 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20750
20751 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20752
20753 ;;;***
20754
20755 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14817
20756 ;;;;;; 31868))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20758
20759 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20760 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20761
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20763
20764 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20765 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20766
20767 \(fn)" nil nil)
20768
20769 ;;;***
20770
20771 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20772 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20773 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20774 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20776
20777 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20778 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20779
20780 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20781 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20782
20783 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20784
20785 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20786 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20787 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20788
20789 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20790
20791 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20792 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20793 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20794 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20795 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20796 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20797 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20798 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20799
20800 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20801
20802 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20803 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20804 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20805 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20806
20807 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20808 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20809 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20810 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20811
20812 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20813 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20814 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20815
20816 \(fn)" t nil)
20817
20818 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20819 Major mode to edit SQL.
20820
20821 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20822 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20823 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20824
20825 \\{sql-mode-map}
20826 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20827
20828 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20829 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20830 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20831 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20832 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20833 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20834
20835 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20836 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20837
20838 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20839 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20840 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20841
20842 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20843 (lambda ()
20844 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20845
20846 \(fn)" t nil)
20847
20848 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20849 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20850
20851 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20852 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20853 `*SQL*'.
20854
20855 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20856 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20857 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20858 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20859
20860 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20861 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20862
20863 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20864 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20865 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20866 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20867 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20868 `default-process-coding-system'.
20869
20870 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20871
20872 \(fn)" t nil)
20873
20874 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20875 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20876
20877 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20878 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20879 `*SQL*'.
20880
20881 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20882 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20883 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20884 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20885
20886 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20887 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20888
20889 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20890 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20891 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20892 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20893 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20894 `default-process-coding-system'.
20895
20896 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20897
20898 \(fn)" t nil)
20899
20900 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20901 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20902
20903 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20904 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20905 `*SQL*'.
20906
20907 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20908 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20909
20910 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20911 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20912
20913 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20914 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20915 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20916 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20917 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20918 `default-process-coding-system'.
20919
20920 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20921
20922 \(fn)" t nil)
20923
20924 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20925 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20926
20927 SQLite is free software.
20928
20929 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20930 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20931 `*SQL*'.
20932
20933 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20934 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20935 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20936 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20937
20938 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20939 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20940
20941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20943 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20946 `default-process-coding-system'.
20947
20948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20949
20950 \(fn)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20953 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20954
20955 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20956
20957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20959 `*SQL*'.
20960
20961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20962 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20963 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20964 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20965
20966 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20967 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20968
20969 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20970 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20971 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20972 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20973 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20974 `default-process-coding-system'.
20975
20976 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20977
20978 \(fn)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20981 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20982
20983 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20984 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20985 `*SQL*'.
20986
20987 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20988 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20989 defaults, if set.
20990
20991 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20993
20994 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20995 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20996 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20997 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20998 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20999 `default-process-coding-system'.
21000
21001 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21002
21003 \(fn)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21006 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21007
21008 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21009 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21010 `*SQL*'.
21011
21012 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21013 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21014
21015 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21016 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21017
21018 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21019 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21020 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21021 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21022 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21023 `default-process-coding-system'.
21024
21025 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21026
21027 \(fn)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21030 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21031
21032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21034 `*SQL*'.
21035
21036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21037 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21038 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21039 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21040
21041 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21042 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21043
21044 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21045 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21046 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21047 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21048 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21049 `default-process-coding-system'.
21050
21051 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21052
21053 \(fn)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21056 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21057
21058 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21059 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21060 `*SQL*'.
21061
21062 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21063 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21064 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21065 `sql-postgres-options'.
21066
21067 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21068 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21069
21070 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21071 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21072 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21073 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21074 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21075 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21076 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21077 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21078
21079 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21080 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21081
21082 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21083
21084 \(fn)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21087 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21088
21089 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21090 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21091 `*SQL*'.
21092
21093 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21094 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21095 defaults, if set.
21096
21097 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21098 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21099
21100 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21101 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21102 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21103 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21104 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21105 `default-process-coding-system'.
21106
21107 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21108
21109 \(fn)" t nil)
21110
21111 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21112 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21113
21114 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21115 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21116 `*SQL*'.
21117
21118 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21119 automatic login.
21120
21121 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21122 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21123
21124 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21125 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21126 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21127 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21128
21129 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21130 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21131 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21132 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21133 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21134 `default-process-coding-system'.
21135
21136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21137
21138 \(fn)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21141 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21142
21143 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21144 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21145 `*SQL*'.
21146
21147 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21148 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21149 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21150 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21151 parameters.
21152
21153 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21154 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21155 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21156 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21157 an empty password.
21158
21159 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21160 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21161
21162 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
21163 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
21164
21165 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21166
21167 \(fn)" t nil)
21168
21169 ;;;***
21170
21171 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21172 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21173 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21174 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21175 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961
21176 ;;;;;; 24151))
21177 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21178
21179 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21180 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21181 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21182 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21183 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21184 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21185
21186 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21189 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21190 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21191 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21192 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21193 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21194 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21195
21196 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21197
21198 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21199 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21200 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21201 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21202 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21203 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21204 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21205
21206 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21207
21208 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21209 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21210 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21211
21212 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21213
21214 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21215 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21216 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21217
21218 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21221 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21222
21223 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21224
21225 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21226 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21227
21228 \(fn)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21231 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21232
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21234
21235 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21236 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21237 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21238 chronologically by command name.
21239 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21240
21241 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21242
21243 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21244 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21245 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21247 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21248
21249 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21250
21251 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21252 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21253 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21254 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21255 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21256 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21257 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21258
21259 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21260 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21261 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21262 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21263
21264 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21265
21266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21269 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21270 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21271 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21272
21273 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21274
21275 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21276 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21277
21278 \(fn)" t nil)
21279
21280 ;;;***
21281
21282 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21283 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15366 772))
21284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21285
21286 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21287 Studlify-case the region.
21288
21289 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21292 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21293
21294 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21297 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21298
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21300
21301 ;;;***
21302
21303 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21304 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
21305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21306
21307 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21308 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21309 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21310 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21311 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21312 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21313 original message but it does require a few things:
21314
21315 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21316
21317 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21318 reply buffer.
21319
21320 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21321 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21322 original message.
21323
21324 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21325
21326 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21327
21328 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21329 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21330 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21331
21332 \(fn)" nil nil)
21333
21334 ;;;***
21335
21336 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16162
21337 ;;;;;; 11942))
21338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21339
21340 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21341 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21342 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21343 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21344 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21345
21346 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21347
21348 ;;;***
21349
21350 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21351 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21352
21353 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21354 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21355 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21356 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21357 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21358
21359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21362 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21363 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21364 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21365 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21366 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21367 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21368
21369 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21370
21371 ;;;***
21372
21373 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21374 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21375 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21376 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21377 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21378 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21379 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21380 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21381 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21382 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21383 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21384 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21385 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838))
21386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21387
21388 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21389 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21390 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21391
21392 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21393
21394 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21395 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21396
21397 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21398
21399 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21400 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21401
21402 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21403
21404 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21405 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21406
21407 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21408
21409 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21410 Insert an editable text table.
21411 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21412 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21413 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21414 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21415 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21416 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21417 delimiting them.
21418
21419 Examples:
21420
21421 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21422
21423 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21424 location of point.
21425
21426 -!-
21427
21428 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21429 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21430 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21431 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21432 first cell.
21433
21434 +-----+-----+-----+
21435 |-!- | | |
21436 +-----+-----+-----+
21437
21438 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21439
21440 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21441 width, which results as
21442
21443 +--------------+-----+-----+
21444 |-!- | | |
21445 +--------------+-----+-----+
21446
21447 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21448 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21449
21450 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21451 | | |-!- |
21452 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21453
21454 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21455 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21456 width information to `table-insert'.
21457
21458 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21459
21460 instead of
21461
21462 Cell width(s): 5
21463
21464 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21465 work all together.
21466
21467 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21468 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21469
21470 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21471 |-!- | | |
21472 | | | |
21473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21474
21475 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21476
21477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21478 |-!- | | |
21479 | | | |
21480 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21481 | | | |
21482 | | | |
21483 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21484
21485 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21486
21487 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21488 | | | |
21489 | | | |
21490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21491 | | | |
21492 | | | |
21493 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21494 -!-
21495
21496 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21497 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21498 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21499
21500 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21501 | | | |
21502 | | | |
21503 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21504 | | | |
21505 | | | |
21506 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21507 |-!- | | |
21508 | | | |
21509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21510
21511 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21512 results.
21513
21514 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21515 | | | |
21516 | | | |
21517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21518 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21519 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21520 | | |expected results.-!- |
21521 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21522 | | | |
21523 | | | |
21524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21525
21526 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21527
21528 \\{table-cell-map}
21529
21530 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21533 Insert N table row(s).
21534 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21535 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21536 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21537 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21538
21539 \(fn N)" t nil)
21540
21541 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21542 Insert N table column(s).
21543 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21544 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21545 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21546 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21547
21548 \(fn N)" t nil)
21549
21550 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21551 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21552 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21553
21554 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21555
21556 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21557 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21558 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21559 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21560 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21561 all the table specific features.
21562
21563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21566 Not documented
21567
21568 \(fn)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21571 Recognize all tables within region.
21572 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21573 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21574 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21575 specific features.
21576
21577 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21580 Not documented
21581
21582 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21585 Recognize a table at point.
21586 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21587 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21588 the table specific features.
21589
21590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21591
21592 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21593 Not documented
21594
21595 \(fn)" t nil)
21596
21597 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21598 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21599 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21600 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21601 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21602 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21603 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21604
21605 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21608 Not documented
21609
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21611
21612 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21613 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21614 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21615 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21616 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21617 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21618 specified.
21619
21620 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21623 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21624 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21625 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21626 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21627 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21628 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21629 table structure.
21630
21631 \(fn N)" t nil)
21632
21633 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21634 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21635 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21636 table's rectangle structure.
21637
21638 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21639
21640 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21641 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21642 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21643 table's rectangle structure.
21644
21645 \(fn N)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21648 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21649 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21650 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21651 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21652
21653 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21654
21655 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21656 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21657 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21658
21659 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21660 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21661 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21662 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21663 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21664 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21665 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21666
21667 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21668 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21669 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21670 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21671 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21672 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21673 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21674
21675 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21676 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21677 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21678 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21679 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21680 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21681 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21682 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21683
21684 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21685
21686 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21687 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21688 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21689 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21690
21691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21692
21693 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21694 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21695 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21696
21697 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21698
21699 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21700 Split current cell vertically.
21701 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21702
21703 \(fn)" t nil)
21704
21705 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21706 Split current cell horizontally.
21707 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21708
21709 \(fn)" t nil)
21710
21711 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21712 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21713 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21714
21715 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21718 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21719 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21720 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21721
21722 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21723
21724 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21725 Justify cell contents.
21726 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21727 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21728 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21729 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21730
21731 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21734 Justify cells of a row.
21735 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21736 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21737
21738 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21741 Justify cells of a column.
21742 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21743 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21744
21745 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21748 Toggle fixing width mode.
21749 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21750 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21751 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21752
21753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21754
21755 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21756 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21757 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21758 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21759 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21760 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21761 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21762 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21763 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21764 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21765 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21766
21767 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21770 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21771 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21772 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21773 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21774 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21775 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21776 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21777 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21778 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21779 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21780 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21781 untouched.
21782
21783 References used for this implementation:
21784
21785 HTML:
21786 http://www.w3.org
21787
21788 LaTeX:
21789 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21790
21791 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21792 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21793 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21794
21795 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21796
21797 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21798 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21799 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21800 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21801 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21802 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21803 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21804 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21805 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21806 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21807 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21808 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21809 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21810 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21811 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21812 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21813 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21814
21815 Example:
21816
21817 (progn
21818 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21819 (table-forward-cell 15)
21820 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21821 (table-forward-cell 16)
21822 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21823 (table-forward-cell 1)
21824 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21825
21826 (progn
21827 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21828 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21829 (table-forward-cell 1)
21830 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21831
21832 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21833
21834 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21835 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21836 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21837 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21838 consists from cells of same height.
21839
21840 \(fn N)" t nil)
21841
21842 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21843 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21844 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21845 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21846 column must consists from cells of same width.
21847
21848 \(fn N)" t nil)
21849
21850 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21851 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21852 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21853 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21854 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21855 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21856 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21857 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21858 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21859 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21860 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21861 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21862 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21863 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21864 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21865
21866
21867 Example 1:
21868
21869 1, 2, 3, 4
21870 5, 6, 7, 8
21871 , 9, 10
21872
21873 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21874 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21875 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21876 specified as 5.
21877
21878 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21879 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21880 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21881 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21882 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21883 | | 9 | 10 | |
21884 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21885
21886 Note:
21887
21888 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21889 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21890 of each row is optional.
21891
21892
21893 Example 2:
21894
21895 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21896 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21897 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21898 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21899 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21900
21901 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21902 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21903
21904 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21905 expression and raw delimiter regular
21906 expression, it parses the specified text
21907 area and extracts cell items from
21908 non-table text and then forms a table out
21909 of them.
21910
21911 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21912 creates a single cell table. The text in
21913 the specified region is placed in that
21914 cell.-*-
21915
21916 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21917 like this.
21918
21919 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21920 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21921 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21922 | |
21923 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21924 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21925 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21926 | area and extracts cell items from |
21927 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21928 | of them. |
21929 | |
21930 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21931 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21932 | the specified region is placed in that |
21933 | cell. |
21934 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21935
21936 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21937 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21938 independently.
21939
21940 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21941 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21942 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21943 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21944 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21945 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21946 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21947 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21948 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21949 | |of them. |
21950 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21951 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21952 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21953 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21954 | |cell. |
21955 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21956
21957 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21958 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21959 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21960
21961 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21964 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21965 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21966 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21967 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21968
21969 \(fn)" t nil)
21970
21971 ;;;***
21972
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21975
21976 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21977 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21978
21979 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21980
21981 ;;;***
21982
21983 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15961 24151))
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21985
21986 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21987 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21988 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21989 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21990 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21991 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21992 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21993
21994 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21995 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21996 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21997 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21998
21999 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22000 \\{tar-mode-map}
22001
22002 \(fn)" t nil)
22003
22004 ;;;***
22005
22006 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22007 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834))
22008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22009
22010 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22011 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22012 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22013 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22014 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22015 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22016
22017 Variables controlling indentation style:
22018 `tcl-indent-level'
22019 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22020 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22021 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22022
22023 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22024 documentation for details):
22025 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22026 Controls action of TAB key.
22027 `tcl-auto-newline'
22028 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22029 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22030 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22031 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22032 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22033
22034 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22035 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22036 already exist.
22037
22038 Commands:
22039 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22040
22041 \(fn)" t nil)
22042
22043 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22044 Run inferior Tcl process.
22045 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22046 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22047
22048 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22049
22050 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22051 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22052 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22053
22054 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22055
22056 ;;;***
22057
22058 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22060 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22061
22062 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22063 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22064 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22065 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22066 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22067 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22068 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22069
22070 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22071 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22072
22073 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22074 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22075 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22076 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22077
22078 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22079
22080 ;;;***
22081
22082 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15941
22083 ;;;;;; 42957))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22085
22086 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22087 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22088 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22089 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22090 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22091 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22092
22093 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22094
22095 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22096 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22097 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22098 commands to use in that buffer.
22099
22100 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22101
22102 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22103
22104 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22105 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22106
22107 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22108
22109 ;;;***
22110
22111 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15491
22112 ;;;;;; 28591))
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22114
22115 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22116 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22117 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22118 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22119 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22120 program as keyboard input.
22121
22122 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22123 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22124 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22125 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22126
22127 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22128 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22129 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22130 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22131 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22132
22133 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22134
22135 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22136 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22137 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22138 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22139
22140 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22141 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22142 subprocess started.
22143
22144 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22145
22146 ;;;***
22147
22148 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16162 11942))
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22151
22152 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22153 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22154 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22155 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22156 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22157
22158 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22159
22160 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22161 Start coverage on function under point.
22162
22163 \(fn)" t nil)
22164
22165 ;;;***
22166
22167 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22169
22170 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22171 Play the Tetris game.
22172 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22173 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22174 as to form complete rows.
22175
22176 tetris-mode keybindings:
22177 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22178 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22179 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22180 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22181 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22182 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22183 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22184 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22185 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22186
22187 \(fn)" t nil)
22188
22189 ;;;***
22190
22191 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22192 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22193 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22194 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22195 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22196 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22197 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22198 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22200
22201 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22202 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22203
22204 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22205
22206 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22207 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22208 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22209 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22210 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22211
22212 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22213
22214 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22215 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22216 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22217 if it matches the first line of the file,
22218 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22219
22220 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22221
22222 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22223 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22224 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22225 if the variable is non-nil.")
22226
22227 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22228
22229 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22230 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22231
22232 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22233
22234 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22235 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22236 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22237 See the documentation of that variable.")
22238
22239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22240
22241 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22242 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22243 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22244 See the documentation of that variable.")
22245
22246 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22247
22248 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22249 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22250 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22251 See the documentation of that variable.")
22252
22253 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22254
22255 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22256 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22257 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22258 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22259 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22260
22261 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22262
22263 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22264 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22265 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22266 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22267
22268 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22269
22270 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22271 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22272 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22273
22274 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22275
22276 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22277 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22278 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22279 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22280
22281 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22282
22283 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22284 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22285 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22286 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22287
22288 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22289
22290 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22291 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22292 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22293 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22294
22295 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22296 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22297 for example,
22298
22299 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22300 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22301
22302 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22303 use.")
22304
22305 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22306
22307 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22308 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22309 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22310 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22311 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22312
22313 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22314
22315 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22316
22317 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22318 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22319 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22320
22321 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22322
22323 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22324 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22325 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22326 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22327 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22328
22329 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22330
22331 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22332 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22333
22334 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22335
22336 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22337 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22338
22339 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22340
22341 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22342 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22343 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22344 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22345 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22346 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22347 says which mode to use.
22348
22349 \(fn)" t nil)
22350
22351 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22352
22353 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22354
22355 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22356
22357 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22358 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22359 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22360 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22361 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22362
22363 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22364 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22365 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22366 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22367 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22368 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22369 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22370
22371 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22372 mismatched $'s or braces.
22373
22374 Special commands:
22375 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22376
22377 Mode variables:
22378 tex-run-command
22379 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22380 tex-directory
22381 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22382 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22383 tex-dvi-print-command
22384 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22385 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22386 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22387 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22388 tex-dvi-view-command
22389 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22390 tex-show-queue-command
22391 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22392 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22393
22394 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22395 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22396 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22397
22398 \(fn)" t nil)
22399
22400 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22401 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22402 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22403 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22404 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22405
22406 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22407 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22408 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22409 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22410 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22411 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22412 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22413
22414 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22415 mismatched $'s or braces.
22416
22417 Special commands:
22418 \\{latex-mode-map}
22419
22420 Mode variables:
22421 latex-run-command
22422 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22423 tex-directory
22424 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22425 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22426 tex-dvi-print-command
22427 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22428 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22429 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22430 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22431 tex-dvi-view-command
22432 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22433 tex-show-queue-command
22434 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22435 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22436
22437 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22438 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22439 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22440
22441 \(fn)" t nil)
22442
22443 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22444 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22445 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22446 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22447 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22448
22449 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22450 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22451 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22452 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22453 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22454 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22455 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22456
22457 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22458 mismatched $'s or braces.
22459
22460 Special commands:
22461 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22462
22463 Mode variables:
22464 slitex-run-command
22465 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22466 tex-directory
22467 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22468 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22469 tex-dvi-print-command
22470 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22471 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22472 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22473 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22474 tex-dvi-view-command
22475 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22476 tex-show-queue-command
22477 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22478 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22479
22480 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22481 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22482 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22483 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22484
22485 \(fn)" t nil)
22486
22487 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22488 Not documented
22489
22490 \(fn)" nil nil)
22491
22492 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22493 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22494
22495 \(fn)" t nil)
22496
22497 ;;;***
22498
22499 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22500 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838))
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22502
22503 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22504 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22505 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22506 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22507
22508 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22509 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22510 Info-split to do these manually.
22511
22512 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22513
22514 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22515 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22516 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22517 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22518 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22519
22520 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22521
22522 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22523 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22524 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22525 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22526
22527 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22528 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22529 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22530 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22531
22532 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22533 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22534
22535 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22536
22537 ;;;***
22538
22539 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22540 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22542
22543 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22544 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22545
22546 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22547
22548 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22549 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22550
22551 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22552
22553 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22554 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22555
22556 It has these extra commands:
22557 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22558
22559 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22560 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22561 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22562 modified version of TeX input format.
22563
22564 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22565 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22566 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22567 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22568
22569 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22570 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22571 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22572 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22573 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22574 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22575 in the Texinfo file.
22576
22577 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22578 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22579 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22580 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22581 move forward past the closing brace.
22582
22583 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22584 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22585
22586 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22587 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22588 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22589
22590 Here are the functions:
22591
22592 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22593 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22594 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22595
22596 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22597 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22598 texinfo-master-menu
22599
22600 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22601
22602 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22603 which menu descriptions are indented.
22604
22605 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22606 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22607 in the region.
22608
22609 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22610 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22611 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22612 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22613
22614 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22615 be the first node in the file.
22616
22617 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22618 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22619
22620 \(fn)" t nil)
22621
22622 ;;;***
22623
22624 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22625 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22626 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16118 44435))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22628
22629 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22630 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22631 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22632 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22633
22634 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22635
22636 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22637 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22638
22639 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22640
22641 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22642 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22643
22644 \(fn)" t nil)
22645
22646 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22647 Not documented
22648
22649 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22650
22651 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22652 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22653 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22654 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22655 to compose.
22656
22657 The return value is number of composed characters.
22658
22659 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22660
22661 ;;;***
22662
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22664 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22665 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957))
22666 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22667
22668 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22669 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22670
22671 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22672
22673 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22674 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22675 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22676 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22677 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22678
22679 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22680 a symbol as a valid THING.
22681
22682 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22683 of the textual entity that was found.
22684
22685 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22686
22687 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22688 Return the THING at point.
22689 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22690 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22691 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22692
22693 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22694 a symbol as a valid THING.
22695
22696 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22697
22698 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22699 Not documented
22700
22701 \(fn)" nil nil)
22702
22703 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22704 Not documented
22705
22706 \(fn)" nil nil)
22707
22708 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22709 Not documented
22710
22711 \(fn)" nil nil)
22712
22713 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22714 Not documented
22715
22716 \(fn)" nil nil)
22717
22718 ;;;***
22719
22720 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22721 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22722 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22723 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22724 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22725 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16118 44435))
22726 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22727
22728 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22729 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22730 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22731
22732 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22733
22734 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22735 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22736
22737 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22738
22739 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22740 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22741 The returned string has no composition information.
22742
22743 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22744
22745 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22746 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22747
22748 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22749
22750 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22751 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22752
22753 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22754
22755 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22756 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22757 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22758 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22759
22760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22763 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22764 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22765 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22766
22767 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22768
22769 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22770 Not documented
22771
22772 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22773
22774 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22775 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22776 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22777
22778 \(fn)" t nil)
22779
22780 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22781 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22782 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22783
22784 \(fn)" t nil)
22785
22786 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22787 Not documented
22788
22789 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22790
22791 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22792 Not documented
22793
22794 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22795
22796 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22797 Not documented
22798
22799 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22800
22801 ;;;***
22802
22803 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22804 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22806
22807 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22808 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22809 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22810 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22811 parameters.
22812 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22813
22814 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22815
22816 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22817 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22818 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22819 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22820 parameters.
22821 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22822
22823 \(fn)" t nil)
22824
22825 ;;;***
22826
22827 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22828 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 37576))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22830
22831 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22832 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22833
22834 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22835
22836 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22837 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22838 This display updates automatically every minute.
22839 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22840 are displayed as well.
22841 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22842
22843 \(fn)" t nil)
22844
22845 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22846 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22847 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22849 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22850
22851 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22852
22853 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22854 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22855 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22856
22857 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22858 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22859 are displayed as well.
22860 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22861
22862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863
22864 ;;;***
22865
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22867 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22868 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22869 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22871
22872 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22873 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22874
22875 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22876
22877 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22878 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22879
22880 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22881
22882 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22883 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22884
22885 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22886
22887 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22888 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22889
22890 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22891
22892 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22893 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22894 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22895
22896 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22897
22898 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22899
22900 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22901 Subtract two time values.
22902 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22903
22904 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22905
22906 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22907 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22908
22909 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22910
22911 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22912 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22913 DATE should be a date-time string.
22914
22915 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22916
22917 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22918 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22919 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22920
22921 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22922
22923 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22924 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22925
22926 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22927
22928 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22929 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22930
22931 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22932
22933 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22934 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22935 TIME should be a time value.
22936 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22937
22938 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22939
22940 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22941 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22942 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22943
22944 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22945
22946 ;;;***
22947
22948 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22949 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22951
22952 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22953 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22954 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22955 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22956 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22957 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22958 look like one of the following:
22959 Time-stamp: <>
22960 Time-stamp: \" \"
22961 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22962 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22963 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22964 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22965 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22966 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22967 template.
22968
22969 \(fn)" t nil)
22970
22971 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22972 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22973 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22974
22975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22976
22977 ;;;***
22978
22979 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22980 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22981 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22982 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22983 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22985
22986 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22987 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22988 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22989 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22990 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22991 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22992 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22993 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22994 display (non-nil means on).
22995
22996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22997
22998 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22999 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23000 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23001 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23002 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23003 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23004 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23005 this function is called within a day.
23006
23007 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23008 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23009 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23010 discover the name of the project.
23011
23012 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23013
23014 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23015 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23016 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23017 begun during the last time segment.
23018
23019 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23020 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23021 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23022 discover the reason.
23023
23024 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23025
23026 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23027 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23028 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23029 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23030 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23031
23032 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23033
23034 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23035 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23036 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23037 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23038 project you were working on.
23039
23040 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23041
23042 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23043 Ask the user before clocking out.
23044 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23045
23046 \(fn)" nil nil)
23047
23048 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23049 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23050 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23051
23052 \(fn)" t nil)
23053
23054 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23055 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23056 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23057 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23058 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23059 \"relative to today\".
23060
23061 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23062
23063 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23064 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23065 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23066 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23067
23068 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23069
23070 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23071 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23072 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23073 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23074 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23075 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23076
23077 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23078
23079 ;;;***
23080
23081 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23082 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23083 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23085
23086 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23087
23088 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23089 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23090
23091 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23092
23093 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23094 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23095
23096 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23097
23098 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23099 Perform an action at time TIME.
23100 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23101 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23102 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23103 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23104 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23105 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23106
23107 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23108
23109 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23110
23111 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23112 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23113 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23114 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23115 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23116
23117 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23118
23119 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23120
23121 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23122 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23123 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23124 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23125
23126 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23127
23128 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23129 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23130 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23131 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23132
23133 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23134 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23135
23136 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23137
23138 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23139 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23140
23141 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23142 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23143 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23144 The call should look like:
23145 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23146 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23147 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23148 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23149 be detected.
23150
23151 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23152
23153 ;;;***
23154
23155 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23156 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15941 42961))
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23158
23159 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23160 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23161 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23162 the generated Quail package is saved.
23163
23164 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23165
23166 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23167 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23168 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23169 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23170 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23171 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23172 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23173
23174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23175
23176 ;;;***
23177
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
23179 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16118 44435))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23181
23182 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23183 Not documented
23184
23185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23186
23187 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23188 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23189 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23190 PATTERN regexp.
23191
23192 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23193
23194 ;;;***
23195
23196 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23197 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 10300))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23199 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23200 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23201 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23202
23203 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23204 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23205 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23206 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23207 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23208
23209 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23210
23211 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23212 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23213 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23214 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23215 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23216
23217 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23218
23219 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23220 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23221 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23222 in the menu in two ways:
23223 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23224 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23225 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23226
23227 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23228 keymap or an alist of alists.
23229 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23230 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23231
23232 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23233
23234 ;;;***
23235
23236 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23237 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23238 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 53844))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23240
23241 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23242 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23243
23244 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23245
23246 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23247 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23248
23249 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23250
23251 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23252 Insert new TODO list entry.
23253 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23254 category.
23255
23256 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23257
23258 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23259 List top priorities for each category.
23260
23261 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23262 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23263
23264 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23265 between each category.
23266
23267 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23268
23269 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23270 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23271 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23272 between each category.
23273
23274 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23275
23276 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23277
23278 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23279 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23280
23281 \\{todo-mode-map}
23282
23283 \(fn)" t nil)
23284
23285 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23286 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23287
23288 \(fn)" nil nil)
23289
23290 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23291 Show TODO list.
23292
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23294
23295 ;;;***
23296
23297 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23298 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23299 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473))
23300 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23301
23302 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23303 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23304 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23306 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23307
23308 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23309
23310 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23311 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23312 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23313
23314 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23315 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23316
23317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23318
23319 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23320
23321 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23322 Add an item to the tool bar.
23323 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23324 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23325 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23326 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23327
23328 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23329 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23330 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23331
23332 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23333 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23334
23335 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23336
23337 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23338 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23339 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23340 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23341 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23342 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23343
23344 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23345 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23346 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23347
23348 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23349
23350 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23351 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23352 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23353 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23354 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23355 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23356 properties to add to the binding.
23357
23358 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23359
23360 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23361 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23362
23363 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23364
23365 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23366 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23367 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23368 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23369 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23370 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23371 properties to add to the binding.
23372
23373 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23374
23375 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23376
23377 ;;;***
23378
23379 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23380 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
23381 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23382
23383 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23384 Mode for tooltip display.
23385 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23386
23387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23388
23389 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23390 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23392 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23393
23394 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23395
23396 ;;;***
23397
23398 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678
23399 ;;;;;; 51469))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23401
23402 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23403
23404 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23405
23406 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23407 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23408
23409 \(fn)" t nil)
23410
23411 ;;;***
23412
23413 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23414 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15188 565))
23415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23416
23417 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23418 Set scroll margins.
23419
23420 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23421
23422 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23423 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23424
23425 \(fn)" t nil)
23426
23427 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23428 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23429
23430 \(fn)" t nil)
23431
23432 ;;;***
23433
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23436
23437 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23438 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23439 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23440 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23441 to a tcp server on another machine.
23442
23443 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23444
23445 ;;;***
23446
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23448 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23450
23451 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23452 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23453
23454 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23455
23456 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23457 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23458 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23459 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23460 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23461 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23462 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23463 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23464
23465 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23466
23467 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23468 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23469 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23470 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23471 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23472 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23473 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23474
23475 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23476
23477 ;;;***
23478
23479 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23480 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23481 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16162 11943))
23482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23483
23484 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23485 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23486 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23487
23488 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23489 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23490 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23491 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23492
23493 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23494 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23495 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23496 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23497
23498 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23499 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23500 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23501 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23502 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23503 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23504 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23505 files which are not really tramp files.
23506
23507 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23508 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23509 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23510 updated after changing this variable.
23511
23512 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23513
23514 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23515
23516 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23517 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23518 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23519 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23520
23521 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23522 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23523 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23524 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23525
23526 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23527 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23528 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23529
23530 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23531 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23532 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23533 updated after changing this variable.
23534
23535 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23536
23537 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23538
23539 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23540 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23541 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23542
23543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23544
23545 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23546
23547 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23548 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23549 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23550
23551 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23552
23553 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23554
23555 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23556
23557 ;;;***
23558
23559 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23560 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16162 11944))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23562 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23563 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23564 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23565
23566 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23567 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23568 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23569 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23570 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23571 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23572 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23573
23574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23575
23576 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23577 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23578 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23579 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23580
23581 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23582
23583 \(fn)" t nil)
23584
23585 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23586 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23587 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23588 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23589 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23590 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23591 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23592
23593 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23594 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23595
23596 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23597 \\___/\\
23598 / \\
23599 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23600
23601 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23602
23603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23604
23605 ;;;***
23606
23607 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23608 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23609 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23610 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23612
23613 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23614 Toggle typing break mode.
23615 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23617 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23618
23619 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23620
23621 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23622 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23623
23624 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23625
23626 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23627 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23628
23629 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23630 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23631 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23632
23633 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23634 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23635
23636 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23637
23638 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23639 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23640 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23641
23642 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23643 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23644 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23645 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23646 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23647 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23648
23649 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23650 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23651 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23652 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23653
23654 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23655 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23656
23657 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23658 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23659
23660 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23661
23662 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23663 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23664 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23665
23666 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23667 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23668 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23669 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23670 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23671 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23672 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23673
23674 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23675 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23676
23677 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23678 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23679 reset the keystroke counter.
23680
23681 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23682 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23683 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23684 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23685
23686 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23687 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23688 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23689 `type-break-schedule' command.
23690
23691 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23692 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23693 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23694 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23695 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23696 or not to continue.
23697
23698 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23699 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23700 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23701 approximate good values for this.
23702
23703 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23704 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23705
23706 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23707 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23708 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23709 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23710 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23711 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23712
23713 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23714 a typing break occur. They include:
23715
23716 `type-break-query-mode'
23717 `type-break-query-function'
23718 `type-break-query-interval'
23719
23720 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23721
23722 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23723
23724 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23725 Take a typing break.
23726
23727 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23728 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23729
23730 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23731 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23736 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23737 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23738 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23739
23740 \(fn)" t nil)
23741
23742 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23743 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23744
23745 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23746 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23747 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23748 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23749 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23750 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23751 average typing speed.)
23752
23753 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23754 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23755 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23756 the computed maximum threshold.
23757
23758 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23759 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23760 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23761 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23762 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23763
23764 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23765
23766 ;;;***
23767
23768 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23769 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 43697))
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23771
23772 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23773 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23774 Works by overstriking underscores.
23775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23776 which specify the range to operate on.
23777
23778 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23779
23780 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23781 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23782 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23783 which specify the range to operate on.
23784
23785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23786
23787 ;;;***
23788
23789 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23790 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23792
23793 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23794 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23795 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23796
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23798
23799 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23800 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23801 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23802 following the containing message.
23803
23804 \(fn)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (15764 7537))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23811
23812 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23813 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23814 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23815 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23816 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23817 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23818
23819 \(fn)" nil nil)
23820
23821 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23822 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23823
23824 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23825
23826 ;;;***
23827
23828 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16162
23829 ;;;;;; 11942))
23830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23831
23832 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23833 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23834 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23835 of symbols with local bindings.
23836
23837 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23838
23839 ;;;***
23840
23841 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23842 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23844
23845 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23846 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23847 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23848 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23849 to refrain from editing the file
23850 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23851 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23852 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23853 in any way you like.
23854
23855 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23856
23857 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23858 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23859 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23860 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23861 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23862
23863 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23864 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23865
23866 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23867
23868 ;;;***
23869
23870 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23871 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 43690))
23872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23873
23874 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23875 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23876 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23877 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23878
23879 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23880
23881 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23882 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23883 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23884
23885 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23886
23887 ;;;***
23888
23889 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23890 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23891 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23892 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23893 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23894 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23895 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23897
23898 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23899 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23900 See `run-hooks'.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23903
23904 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23905 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23906 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23907
23908 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23909
23910 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23911 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23912 See `run-hooks'.")
23913
23914 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23915
23916 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23917 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23918
23919 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23920
23921 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23922 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23923 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23924 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23925 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23926 somebody else, signal error.
23927
23928 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23929
23930 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23931 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23932 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23933 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23934 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23935
23936 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23937
23938 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23939 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23940 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23941 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23942 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23943 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23944 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23945 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23946 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23947 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23948 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23949
23950 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23951
23952 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23953 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23954
23955 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23956 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23957
23958 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23959 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23960 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23961 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23962 lock steals will raise an error.
23963
23964 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23965
23966 For RCS and SCCS files:
23967 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23968 control.
23969 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23970 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23971 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23972 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23973 it performs a revert.
23974 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23975 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23976 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23977 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23978 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23979 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23980 the option to steal the lock.
23981
23982 For CVS files:
23983 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23984 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23985 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23986 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23987 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23988 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23989 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23990 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23991 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23992
23993 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23994
23995 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23996 Register the current file into a version control system.
23997 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23998 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23999
24000 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24001 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24002 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24003 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24004 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24005 first backend that could register the file is used.
24006
24007 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24008
24009 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24010 Display diffs between file versions.
24011 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24012 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24013 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24014 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24015 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24016 saving the buffer.
24017
24018 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24019
24020 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24021 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24022 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24023 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24024
24025 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24026
24027 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24028 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24029 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24030 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24031
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24033
24034 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24035 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24036 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24037 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24038 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24039 from the current branch.
24040
24041 See Info node `Merging'.
24042
24043 \(fn)" t nil)
24044
24045 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24046
24047 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24048 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24049
24050 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24051
24052 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24053 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24054
24055 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24056
24057 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24058 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24059 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24060 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24061 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24062 are checked out in that new branch.
24063
24064 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24065
24066 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24067 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24068 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24069 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24070 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24071 allowed and simply skipped).
24072
24073 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24074
24075 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24076 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24077
24078 \(fn)" t nil)
24079
24080 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24081 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24082 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24083 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24084 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24085
24086 \(fn)" t nil)
24087
24088 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24089 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24090 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24091 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24092 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24093 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24094
24095 \(fn)" t nil)
24096
24097 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24098 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24099 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24100
24101 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24102
24103 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24104 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24105 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24106 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24107 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24108 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24109 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24110
24111 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24112
24113 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24114 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24115 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24116 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24117 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24118 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24119 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24120 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24121 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24122
24123 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24124
24125 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24126 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24127
24128 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24129
24130 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24131 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24132 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24133 directory.
24134
24135 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24136
24137 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24138 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24139 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24140
24141 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24142 log entries should be gathered.
24143
24144 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24145
24146 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24147 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24148
24149 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24150 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24151 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24152 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24153 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24154 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24155
24156 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24157 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24158 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24159 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24160 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24161 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24162 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24163 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24164
24165 Customization variables:
24166
24167 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24168 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24169 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24170 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24171
24172 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24173
24174 ;;;***
24175
24176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16136 53054))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24178 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24179 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24180 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24181 (load "vc-cvs")
24182 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24183
24184 ;;;***
24185
24186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807))
24187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24188 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24189 (let ((dir file))
24190 (while (and (stringp dir)
24191 (not (equal
24192 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24193 dir)
24194 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24195 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24196 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24197 (if (eq dir t)
24198 (progn
24199 (load "vc-mcvs")
24200 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24201
24202 ;;;***
24203
24204 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24205 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24207
24208 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24209 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24210 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24211
24212 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24213 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24214
24215 ;;;***
24216
24217 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24218 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24220
24221 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24222 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24223 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24224
24225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24226 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24227
24228 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24229 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24230 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24231 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24232
24233 ;;;***
24234
24235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16162 11942))
24236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24237 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24238 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24239 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24240 (load "vc-svn")
24241 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24242
24243 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24244
24245 ;;;***
24246
24247 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24248 ;;;;;; (15997 673))
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24250
24251 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24252 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24253
24254 Usage:
24255 ------
24256
24257 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24258 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24259 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24260 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24261 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24262 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24263 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24264 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24265 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24266
24267 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24268 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24269 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24270 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24271
24272 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24273 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24274 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24275 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24276 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24277
24278 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24279 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24280
24281
24282 HEADER INSERTION:
24283 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24284 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24285 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24286
24287
24288 STUTTERING:
24289 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24290 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24291 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24292 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24293
24294 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24295 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24296 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24297 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24298 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24299
24300
24301 WORD COMPLETION:
24302 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24303 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24304 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24305 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24306
24307 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24308 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24309 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24310 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24311 beginning with \"std\").
24312
24313 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24314 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24315 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24316 stop.
24317
24318
24319 COMMENTS:
24320 `--' puts a single comment.
24321 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24322 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24323 with a comment in between.
24324 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24325 out following lines.
24326 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24327 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24328
24329 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24330 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24331 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24332 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24333 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24334 non-nil.
24335
24336 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24337 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24338 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24339 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24340 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24341 multi-line comments.
24342
24343
24344 INDENTATION:
24345 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24346 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24347 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24348 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24349
24350 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24351 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24352 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24353 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24354
24355 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24356 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24357 and vice versa.
24358
24359 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24360 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24361
24362
24363 ALIGNMENT:
24364 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24365 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24366 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24367 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24368 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24369 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24370 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24371 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24372
24373 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24374 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24375 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24376 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24377 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24378 is non-nil.
24379
24380 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24381 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24382 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24383
24384 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24385 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24386
24387
24388 | CODE FILLING:
24389 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24390 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24391 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24392 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24393 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24394 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24395
24396
24397 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24398 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24399 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24400 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24401 command:
24402
24403 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24404
24405
24406 PORT TRANSLATION:
24407 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24408 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24409 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24410 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24411 internal signal initializations (menu).
24412
24413 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24414 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24415 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24416
24417 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24418 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24419 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24420 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24421 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24422 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24423
24424 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24425 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24426 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24427
24428
24429 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24430 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24431 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24432 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24433 | association list with formals).
24434
24435
24436 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24437 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24438 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24439 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24440 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24441 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24442 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24443 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24444 `vhdl-testbench'.
24445
24446
24447 KEY BINDINGS:
24448 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24449
24450
24451 VHDL MENU:
24452 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24453
24454
24455 FILE BROWSER:
24456 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24457 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24458 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24459
24460 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24461 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24462
24463
24464 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24465 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24466 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24467 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24468
24469 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24470 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24471 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24472
24473 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24474 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24475 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24476 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24477
24478 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24479 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24480 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24481 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24482 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24483
24484 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24485 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24486 required by secondary units.
24487
24488
24489 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24490 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24491 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24492 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24493 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24494 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24495 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24496 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24497 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24498 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24499 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24500 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24501 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24502 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24503 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24504 |
24505 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24506 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24507 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24508 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24509 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24510 |
24511 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24512 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24513 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24514 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24515 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24516 |
24517 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24518 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24519 |
24520 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24521
24522
24523 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24524 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24525 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24526 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24527 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24528 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24529 information. New compilers can be added.
24530
24531 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24532 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24533
24534
24535 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24536 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24537 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24538 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24539 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24540
24541 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24542 command:
24543
24544 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24545 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24546 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24547
24548 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24549 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24550 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24551 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24552 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24553 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24554 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24555
24556 Limitations:
24557 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24558 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24559 not (yet) supported.
24560 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24561 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24562 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24563
24564
24565 PROJECTS:
24566 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24567 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24568 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24569 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24570 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24571 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24572 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24573 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24574
24575 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24576 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24577 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24578 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24579 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24580 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24581 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24582 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24583 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24584 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24585 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24586
24587
24588 SPECIAL MENUES:
24589 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24590 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24591 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24592 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24593 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24594 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24595 current directory for VHDL source files.
24596
24597
24598 VHDL STANDARDS:
24599 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24600 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24601
24602
24603 KEYWORD CASE:
24604 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24605 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24606 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24607 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24608 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24609 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24610 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24611 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24612
24613
24614 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24615 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24616 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24617 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24618 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24619 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24620 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24621
24622 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24623 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24624 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24625 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24626 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24627 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24628
24629 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24630 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24631 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24632 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24633 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24634 visually.
24635
24636 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24637 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24638 highlighted if written in lower case.
24639
24640 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24641 highlighted using a different background color if option
24642 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24643
24644 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24645 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24646 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24647 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24648 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24649
24650
24651 USER MODELS:
24652 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24653 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24654 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24655
24656
24657 HIDE/SHOW:
24658 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24659 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24660 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24661 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24662 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24663
24664
24665 CODE UPDATING:
24666 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24667 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24668 Limitations:
24669 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24670 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24671 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24672 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24673 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24674 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24675 (used to obtain the port names).
24676
24677
24678 CODE FIXING:
24679 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24680 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24681
24682
24683 PRINTING:
24684 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24685 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24686 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24687 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24688 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24689 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24690 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24691 printers.
24692
24693
24694 OPTIONS:
24695 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24696 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24697 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24698 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24699 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24700
24701 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24702 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24703 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24704 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24705 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24706 INSTALL file).
24707
24708 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24709 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24710
24711
24712 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24713 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24714 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24715 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24716
24717 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24718
24719
24720 HINTS:
24721 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24722 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24723
24724 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24725
24726 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24727
24728 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24729
24730
24731 RELEASE NOTES:
24732 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24733
24734
24735 Maintenance:
24736 ------------
24737
24738 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24739 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24740
24741 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24742
24743 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24744 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24745 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24746 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24747
24748 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24749 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24750 where the latest version can be found.
24751
24752
24753 Known problems:
24754 ---------------
24755
24756 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24757 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24758 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24759
24760
24761 The VHDL Mode Authors
24762 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24763
24764 Key bindings:
24765 -------------
24766
24767 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24768
24769 \(fn)" t nil)
24770
24771 ;;;***
24772
24773 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958))
24774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24775
24776 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24777 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24778 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24779 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24780
24781 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24782 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24783 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24784 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24785 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24786
24787 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24788 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24789
24790 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24791
24792 * Limitations and unsupported features
24793 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24794 not supported.
24795 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24796 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24797
24798 * Modifications
24799 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24800 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24801 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24802 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24803 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24804 for undoing a repeated change command.
24805 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24806 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24807 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24808
24809 * Extensions
24810 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24811 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24812 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24813 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24814 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24815 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24816 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24817 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24818
24819 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24820
24821 \(fn)" t nil)
24822
24823 ;;;***
24824
24825 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24826 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24827 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24828 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16118 44435))
24829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24830
24831 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24832 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24833
24834 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24835
24836 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24837 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24838 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24839 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24840
24841 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24842
24843 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24844 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24849 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24850 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24851 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24852
24853 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24854
24855 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24856 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24857
24858 \(fn)" t nil)
24859
24860 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24861 Not documented
24862
24863 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24864
24865 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24866 Not documented
24867
24868 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24869
24870 ;;;***
24871
24872 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24873 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24874 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16142
24875 ;;;;;; 9350))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24877
24878 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24879 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24880 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24881 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24882
24883 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24884
24885 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24886 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24887 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24888 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24889 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24890 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24891 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24892
24893 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24894
24895 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24896
24897 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24898 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24899 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24901 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24902 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24904 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24905
24906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24907
24908 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24909
24910 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24911 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24912 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24913 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24914 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24915 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24916 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24917 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24918
24919 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24920
24921 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24922
24923 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24924 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24925 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24926 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24927 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24928 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24929 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24930
24931 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24932
24933 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24934 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24935 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24936
24937 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24938
24939 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24940 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24941 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24942 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24943 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24944 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24945 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24946 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24947
24948 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24949
24950 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24951 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24952 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24953
24954 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24955
24956 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24957 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24958 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24964
24965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24966
24967 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24968 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24969 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24970
24971 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24972
24973 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24974 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24975 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24976
24977 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24978 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24979 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24980 read-only.
24981 \\<view-mode-map>
24982 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24983 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24984 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24985 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24986 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24987
24988 H, h, ? This message.
24989 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24990 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24991 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24992 > move to the end of buffer.
24993 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24994 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24995 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24996 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24997 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24998 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24999 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25000 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25001 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25002 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25003 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25004 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25005 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25006 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25007 Use this to view a changing file.
25008 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25009 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25010 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25011 . set the mark.
25012 x exchanges point and mark.
25013 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25014 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25015 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25016 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25017 ' go to position saved in character register.
25018 s do forward incremental search.
25019 r do reverse incremental search.
25020 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25021 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25022 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25023 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25024 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25025 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25026 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25027 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25028 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25029 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25030 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25031 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25032 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25033 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25034 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25035 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25036 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25037
25038 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25039 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25040 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25041 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25042 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25043 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25044 will return to that buffer.
25045
25046 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25047
25048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25049
25050 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25051 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25052 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25053 `view-return-to-alist'.
25054 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25055 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25056 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25057
25058 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25059 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25060 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25061 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25062 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25063 1) nil Do nothing.
25064 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25065 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25066 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25067 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25068
25069 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25070
25071 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25072
25073 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25074
25075 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25076 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25077
25078 \(fn)" t nil)
25079
25080 ;;;***
25081
25082 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
25083 ;;;;;; 41830))
25084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25085
25086 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25087 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25088
25089 \(fn)" nil nil)
25090
25091 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25092 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25093
25094 \(fn)" t nil)
25095
25096 ;;;***
25097
25098 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25099 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25101
25102 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25103 Toggle Viper on/off.
25104 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25105
25106 \(fn)" t nil)
25107
25108 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25109 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25110
25111 \(fn)" t nil)
25112
25113 ;;;***
25114
25115 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25116 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
25117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25118
25119 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25120 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25121 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25122 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25123 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25124 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25125 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25126 the beginning of the warning.")
25127
25128 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25129 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25130 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25131 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25132 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25133 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25134 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25135 also call that function before the next warning.")
25136
25137 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25138 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25139
25140 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
25141 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
25142 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
25143 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25144
25145 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25146 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25147 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
25148 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25149 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25150 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25151
25152 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25153 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25154 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25155 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25156 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25157 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25158 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25159
25160 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25161 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25162
25163 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25164
25165 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25166 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25167
25168 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25169
25170 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25171 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25172 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25173 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25174
25175 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
25176 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25177 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25178 can be whatever you like.)
25179
25180 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25181 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25182 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25183 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25184 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25185
25186 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25187
25188 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25189 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25190 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25191 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25192 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
25193
25194 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25195
25196 ;;;***
25197
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963))
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25200
25201 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25202 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25203
25204 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25205 hotlist.
25206
25207 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25208 <nwv@acm.org>.
25209
25210 \(fn)" t nil)
25211
25212 ;;;***
25213
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25215 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25217 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25218 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25219
25220 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25221
25222 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25223 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25224 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25226 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25227
25228 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25229
25230 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25231 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25232 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25233 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25234
25235 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25236 and off otherwise.
25237
25238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25243 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25244 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25245 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25246 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25247 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25249
25250 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25251 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25252
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25254
25255 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25256 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25257
25258 \(fn)" t nil)
25259
25260 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25261 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25262
25263 \(fn)" t nil)
25264
25265 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25266 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25267
25268 \(fn)" t nil)
25269
25270 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25271 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25272
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25274
25275 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25276 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25277 These are:
25278 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25279 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25280 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25281 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25282 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25283
25284 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25285 and:
25286 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25287 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25288
25289 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25290
25291 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25292 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25293
25294 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25295
25296 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25297 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25298
25299 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25300 whitespace problems.
25301
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25303
25304 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25305 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25306
25307 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25308
25309 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25310 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25311 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25313 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25314
25315 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25316
25317 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25318 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25319 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25320
25321 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25322 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25323
25324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25325
25326 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25327 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25328 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25329
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25331
25332 ;;;***
25333
25334 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25335 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957))
25336 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25337
25338 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25339 Browse the widget under point.
25340
25341 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25342
25343 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25344 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25345
25346 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25347
25348 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25349 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25350
25351 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25352
25353 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25354 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25355 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25356
25357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25358
25359 ;;;***
25360
25361 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25362 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16111
25363 ;;;;;; 41826))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25365
25366 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25367 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25368
25369 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25370
25371 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25372 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25373 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25374
25375 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25376
25377 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25378 Create widget of TYPE.
25379 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25380
25381 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25382
25383 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25384 Delete WIDGET.
25385
25386 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25387
25388 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25390
25391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25392
25393 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
25394 " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25395 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25396 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25397
25398 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25399 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25400
25401 \(fn)" nil nil)
25402
25403 ;;;***
25404
25405 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25406 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25407 ;;;;;; 41826))
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25409
25410 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25411 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25412 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25413 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25414 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25415 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25416 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25417
25418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25421 Select the window above the current one.
25422 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25423 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25424 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25425 negative ARG) of the current window.
25426 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25427
25428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25429
25430 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25431 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25432 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25433 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25434 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25435 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25436 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25437
25438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25439
25440 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25441 Select the window below the current one.
25442 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25443 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25444 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25445 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25446 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25447
25448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25449
25450 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25451 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25452 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25453 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25454
25455 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25456
25457 ;;;***
25458
25459 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25460 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25462
25463 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25464 Toggle winner-mode.
25465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25466 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25467
25468 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25469
25470 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25471 Toggle Winner mode.
25472 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25473
25474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25475
25476 ;;;***
25477
25478 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25479 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16012 41365))
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25481
25482 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25483 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25484 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25485 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25486 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25487 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25488 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25489 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25490
25491 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25492 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25493
25494 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25495
25496 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25497 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25498
25499 \(fn)" t nil)
25500
25501 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25502 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25503 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25504 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25505 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25506 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25507 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25508 `woman' command for further details.
25509
25510 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25511
25512 ;;;***
25513
25514 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25515 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25517
25518 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25519 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25520
25521 BUGS:
25522 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25523 are not implemented
25524 - Options for search and replace
25525 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25526 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25527
25528 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25529 Emacs-like.
25530
25531 The key bindings are:
25532
25533 C-a backward-word
25534 C-b fill-paragraph
25535 C-c scroll-up-line
25536 C-d forward-char
25537 C-e previous-line
25538 C-f forward-word
25539 C-g delete-char
25540 C-h backward-char
25541 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25542 C-j help-for-help
25543 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25544 C-l ws-repeat-search
25545 C-n open-line
25546 C-p quoted-insert
25547 C-r scroll-down-line
25548 C-s backward-char
25549 C-t kill-word
25550 C-u keyboard-quit
25551 C-v overwrite-mode
25552 C-w scroll-down
25553 C-x next-line
25554 C-y kill-complete-line
25555 C-z scroll-up
25556
25557 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25558 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25559 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25560 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25561 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25562 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25563 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25564 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25565 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25566 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25567 C-k b ws-begin-block
25568 C-k c ws-copy-block
25569 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25570 C-k f find-file
25571 C-k h ws-show-markers
25572 C-k i ws-indent-block
25573 C-k k ws-end-block
25574 C-k p ws-print-block
25575 C-k q kill-emacs
25576 C-k r insert-file
25577 C-k s save-some-buffers
25578 C-k t ws-mark-word
25579 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25580 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25581 C-k v ws-move-block
25582 C-k w ws-write-block
25583 C-k x kill-emacs
25584 C-k y ws-delete-block
25585
25586 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25587 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25588 C-o j justify-current-line
25589 C-o k kill-buffer
25590 C-o l list-buffers
25591 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25592 C-o r set-fill-column
25593 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25594 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25595 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25596 C-o wo other-window
25597 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25598
25599 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25600 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25601 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25602 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25603 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25604 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25605 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25606 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25607 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25608 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25609 C-q a ws-query-replace
25610 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25611 C-q c end-of-buffer
25612 C-q d end-of-line
25613 C-q f ws-search
25614 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25615 C-q l ws-undo
25616 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25617 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25618 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25619 C-q w ws-last-error
25620 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25621 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25622
25623 \(fn)" t nil)
25624
25625 ;;;***
25626
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25628 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25630
25631 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25632 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25633 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25634 Returns the top node with all its children.
25635 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25636 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25637
25638 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25639
25640 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25641 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25642 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25643 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25644 is not well-formed XML.
25645 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25646 and returned as the first element of the list.
25647 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25648
25649 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25650
25651 ;;;***
25652
25653 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025
25654 ;;;;;; 36883))
25655 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25656
25657 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25658 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25659 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25661 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25662
25663 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25664
25665 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25666 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25667 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25668
25669 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25670
25671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25672
25673 ;;;***
25674
25675 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25676 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15407 8860))
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25678
25679 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25680 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25681
25682 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25683
25684 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25685 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25686
25687 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25688
25689 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25690 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25691 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25692
25693 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25696 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25697
25698 \(fn)" t nil)
25699
25700 ;;;***
25701
25702 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471))
25703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25704
25705 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25706 Zone out, completely.
25707
25708 \(fn)" t nil)
25709
25710 ;;;***
25711
25712 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25713 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963))
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25715
25716 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25717 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25718
25719 \(fn)" t nil)
25720
25721 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25722 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25723
25724 Zone-mode does two things:
25725
25726 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25727 when saving the file
25728
25729 - fontification
25730
25731 \(fn)" t nil)
25732
25733 ;;;***
25734
25735 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25736 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25746 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25747 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25748 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25749 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25752 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25753 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25754 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
25755 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
25756 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
25757 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25758 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25760 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25761 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25765 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25767 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25768 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25769 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25770 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25771 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25772 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25773 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25774 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25775 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25776 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25777 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25778 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25779 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25780 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25781 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25782 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25783 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25784 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25785 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25786 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25787 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25788 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25789 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25790 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25791 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25792 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25793 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25794 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25795 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25796 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25797 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25798 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25799 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25800 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25801 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25802 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25803 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25804 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25805 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25806 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25811 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25812 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25813 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25814 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25815 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25816 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25817 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25818 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25819 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25820 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25821 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25822 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25823 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25824 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25825 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25826 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25827 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25828 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25829 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25830 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25831 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25832 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25833 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25834 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25835 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25836 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25837 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25838 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25839 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25841 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25842 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25843 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25845 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25847 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25848 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25849 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25850 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25851 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25852 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25853 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25854 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25855 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25856 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25857 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25858 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25859 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25861 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25862 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25863 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25864 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25865 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16174 63124 427475))
25866
25867 ;;;***
25868
25869 ;;; Local Variables:
25870 ;;; version-control: never
25871 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25872 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25873 ;;; End:
25874
25875 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here